diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2013-03-17 21:52:06 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2013-03-17 21:52:06 +0000 |
| commit | e6826e3bb3139f2329f722784dfa24c5cbb824dc (patch) | |
| tree | e770a052734db40bf9e6b77d167444b5ff6c4634 | |
| parent | f6ebf7e69e4c372ab549c769ce5058a8f864336d (diff) | |
biblatex-philosophy
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@29411 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
22 files changed, 6485 insertions, 3535 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/README index 5b885c667ed..ca4f0e600f7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/README @@ -1,60 +1,75 @@ + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -The biblatex-philosophy styles for biblatex -Maintained by Ivan Valbusa -E-mail: ivan.valbusa@univr.it -Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later -See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +The 'biblatex-philosophy' styles for biblatex +Author: Ivan Valbusa + ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +of this license or (at your option) any later version. +The latest version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +version 2005/12/01 or later. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION: -This package provides three bibliography and citation styles for use with -Philipp Lehman’s biblatex package. -The style philosophy-verbose is intended for citations given in footnotes; -the styles philosophy-classic and philosophy-modern are based on the model +This package provides three bibliography and citation styles for use with +Philipp Lehmans biblatex package. +The style philosophy-verbose is intended for citations given in footnotes; +the styles philosophy-classic and philosophy-modern are based on the model of BibLaTeX authoryear-comp style. -New options and features allow you to manage the information about the -translation of foreign texts or their reprints. +New options and features allow you to manage the information about the +translation of foreign texts or their reprints. This work consists of the following files: README (this file) - doc/ - biblatex-philosophy.bib - biblatex-philosophy.pdf - biblatex-philosophy.tex - Test-philosophy-classic.tex - Test-philosophy-modern.tex - Test-philosophy-verbose.tex - latex/ - english-philosophy.lbx - italian-philosophy.lbx + biblatex-philosophy.dtx + biblatex-philosophy.pdf + +and of the derived: + philosophy-standard.bbx philosophy-classic.bbx - philosophy-classic.cbx philosophy-modern.bbx + philosophy-verbose.bbx + + philosophy-classic.cbx philosophy-modern.cbx - philosophy-standard.bbx - philosophy-verbose.bbx philosophy-verbose.cbx + english-philosophy.lbx + italian-philosophy.lbx + INSTALLATION: + To use the styles place: 1) the .bbx files in: <HOME>/texmf/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/ 2) the .cbx files in: <HOME>/texmf/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/ 3) the .lbx files in: <HOME>/texmf/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/ Alternatively, place the .bbx, .cbx and .lbx files in your working directory or in: -<TEXMFLOCAL>/tex/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-philosophy. +<TEXMFLOCAL>/tex/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-philosophy. In this case remember to refresh the file name database. - USAGE: \usepackage[italian=guillemets]{csquotes} \usepackage[style=philosophy-modern]{biblatex} -% or -%\usepackage[style=philosophy-classic]{biblatex} -%\usepackage[style=philosophy-verbose]{biblatex} + +DOCUMENTATION: + +To reproduce the complete documentation, follow these steps: + +$ latex biblatex-philosophy.dtx +$ biber biblatex-philosophy +makeindex -s gind.ist -o biblatex-philosophy.ind biblatex-philosophy.idx +makeindex -s gglo.ist -o biblatex-philosophy.gls biblatex-philosophy.glo +$ pdflatex biblatex-philosophy.dtx + +from a shell (or in the preferred method for you system), +where `$' stands for the shell's prompt. 2012/04/21 Ivan Valbusa - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-classic.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-classic.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ef613cf7ac1..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-classic.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[article]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[italian]{babel} - -\usepackage[italian=guillemets]{csquotes} -\usepackage[% -style=philosophy-classic, -%backend=biber,%SE DECOMMENTATO SERVE ''BIBER'' -%shorthandintro=false, -%origfields=none,%origed -%origfieldsformat=parens,%brackets -%scauthors, -%scauthorsbib, -%scauthorscite, -%publocformat=loccolonpub,%locpubyear -%volnumformat=strings,%parens -%volumeformat=roman,%romansc,romanupp -%editionformat=roman,%romansc,romanupp -%inbeforejournal, -%annotation, -%library=false, -%square, -hyperref, -backref]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-philosophy.bib}% - -\usepackage{hyperref} - -% new commands: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} - - -\begin{document} - -\section{Comandi standard} - -\begin{description} -\item[\cmd{cite\{Eco:2007\}}] \cite{Eco:2007}\\ -\item[\cmd{textcite\{Eco:2007\}}] \textcite{Eco:2007}\\ -\item[\cmd{parencite\{Eco:2007\}}] \parencite{Eco:2007}\\ -\item[\cmd{autocite\{Eco:2007\}}]\autocite{Eco:2007} -\end{description} - - -\textcite{Bartocci:2007,Berti:1977,berto:sep-impossible-worlds,brandt,Bringhurst:1992,britannica,clawson:mla,comenio:oo,Corrocher:2009,ctan,datasheet,Degani:2009,Descartes:1897,descartes:discours,descartes:discours-ITA,DiGiovanniHarris1985,eco:2004,Eco:2007,Facchinetti:2009,Facchinetti:2009a,Federspil:2009,Filmed:2009,Frege,Galilei:dialogo,glibof:historian,gregorio:appunti,guit:sito,guzman:sd,heidegger:sz,HWPh,kant:kpv,kant:ku,kant:werke,knuth:ct,knuth:ct:a,knuth:ct:b,knuth:ct:c,knuth:ct:d,knuth:ct:e,lehman:biblatex,Lobacevskij:1994,Mach:1883,Markie2008,mate_einaudi:2007,Moore:1903,Mori:2008,nietzsche:historie,original,original-ITA,Pantieri:2009,pantieri:artelatex,pantieri:sito,Pasquinelli:1969,Poincare:1968,Reale1987,Rossitto:1977,Russell:1905,sakk:2010,Sassen2000,Sassen2010,Schlick:1930-3,SEP,Spencer:1891,Spencer:1891a,Spencer:1891b,Spencer:1891vol2,Termini:2007,test,Valbusa:2007,wassenhoven:dw} - -\section{\cmd{sdcite}} - -Questo comando permette di citare le voci senza data di pubblicazione, usando lo schema autore-titolo: - -\begin{description} -\item[\cmd{sdcite}] \sdcite{guzman:sd} -\end{description} - -In casi simili si consiglia tuttavia di usare un'abbreviazione: \cite{kant:ku}. - -\section{\cmd{footcitet}} - -Analogo a \cmd{textcite}, ma per le note a piè di pagina:\footcitet[12-13]{Corrocher:2009} - - -%\nocite{*} -% Shorthands - \printshorthands - -% Bibliographies - \defbibnote{example}{This is a note to the first bibliography} - \defbibnote{sitografia}{Questa è una sitografia.} - % Examples - \phantomsection{} - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Examples} - \printbibliography[prenote=example,title=Examples,keyword=esempio] - % References - \phantomsection{} - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname} - \printbibliography[prenote=sitografia,title=Sitografia,keyword=primaria,type=online] - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-modern.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-modern.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 4045d7850c2..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-modern.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[article]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[italian]{babel} - -\usepackage[italian=guillemets]{csquotes} -\usepackage[% -style=philosophy-modern, -%backend=biber,%SE DECOMMENTATO SERVE ''BIBER'' -%shorthandintro=false, -%origfields=none,%origed -%origfieldsformat=parens,%brackets -%scauthors, -%scauthorsbib, -%scauthorscite, -%publocformat=loccolonpub,%locpubyear -%volnumformat=strings,%parens -%volumeformat=roman,%romansc,romanupp -%editionformat=roman,%romansc,romanupp -%inbeforejournal, -%annotation, -%library=false, -%square, -%yearleft, -hyperref, -backref]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-philosophy.bib}% - -\usepackage{hyperref} - -% new commands: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} - - -\begin{document} - -\section{Comandi standard} - -\begin{description} -\item[\cmd{cite\{Eco:2007\}}] \cite{Eco:2007}\\ -\item[\cmd{textcite\{Eco:2007\}}] \textcite{Eco:2007}\\ -\item[\cmd{parencite\{Eco:2007\}}] \parencite{Eco:2007}\\ -\item[\cmd{autocite\{Eco:2007\}}]\autocite{Eco:2007} -\end{description} - - -\textcite{Bartocci:2007,Berti:1977,berto:sep-impossible-worlds,brandt,Bringhurst:1992,britannica,clawson:mla,comenio:oo,Corrocher:2009,ctan,datasheet,Degani:2009,Descartes:1897,descartes:discours,descartes:discours-ITA,DiGiovanniHarris1985,eco:2004,Eco:2007,Facchinetti:2009,Facchinetti:2009a,Federspil:2009,Filmed:2009,Frege,Galilei:dialogo,glibof:historian,gregorio:appunti,guit:sito,guzman:sd,heidegger:sz,HWPh,kant:kpv,kant:ku,kant:werke,knuth:ct,knuth:ct:a,knuth:ct:b,knuth:ct:c,knuth:ct:d,knuth:ct:e,lehman:biblatex,Lobacevskij:1994,Mach:1883,Markie2008,mate_einaudi:2007,Moore:1903,Mori:2008,nietzsche:historie,original,original-ITA,Pantieri:2009,pantieri:artelatex,pantieri:sito,Pasquinelli:1969,Poincare:1968,Reale1987,Rossitto:1977,Russell:1905,sakk:2010,Sassen2000,Sassen2010,Schlick:1930-3,SEP,Spencer:1891,Spencer:1891a,Spencer:1891b,Spencer:1891vol2,Termini:2007,test,Valbusa:2007,wassenhoven:dw} - -\section{\cmd{sdcite}} - -Questo comando permette di citare le voci senza data di pubblicazione, usando lo schema autore-titolo: - -\begin{description} -\item[\cmd{sdcite}] \sdcite{guzman:sd} -\end{description} - -In casi simili si consiglia tuttavia di usare un'abbreviazione: \cite{kant:ku}. - -\section{\cmd{footcitet}} - -Analogo a \cmd{textcite}, ma per le note a piè di pagina:\footcitet[12-13]{Corrocher:2009} - - -%\nocite{*} -% Shorthands - \printshorthands - -% Bibliographies - \defbibnote{example}{This is a note to the first bibliography} - \defbibnote{sitografia}{Sitografia prodotta con l'opzione \texttt{restorelassic}.} - % Examples - \phantomsection{} - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Examples} - \printbibliography[prenote=example,title=Examples,keyword=esempio] - % References - \phantomsection{} - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname} - \printbibliography[restoreclassic,prenote=sitografia,title=Sitografia,keyword=primaria,type=online] - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-verbose.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-verbose.tex deleted file mode 100644 index e0b35796a51..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/Test-philosophy-verbose.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[article]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[italian]{babel} - -\usepackage[italian=guillemets]{csquotes} -\usepackage[% -style=philosophy-verbose, -%backend=biber,%SE DECOMMENTATO SERVE ''BIBER'' -%shorthandintro=false, -%origfields=none,%origed -%origfieldsformat=parens,%brackets -%scauthors, -%scauthorsbib, -%scauthorscite, -%publocformat=loccolonpub,%locpubyear -%volnumformat=strings,%parens -%volumeformat=roman,%romansc,romanupp -%editionformat=roman,%romansc,romanupp -%inbeforejournal, -%annotation, -%library=false, -%latinemph, -%commacit, -hyperref, -backref]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-philosophy.bib}% - -\usepackage{hyperref} - - -\begin{document} - -\section{Test file for \texttt{philosophy-verbose}} - -Questa è la prima citazione degli \citetitle{Bringhurst:1992} di R.~Bringhurst.\footcite[Cfr.][{}43]{Bringhurst:1992} Ora citiamo nuovamente quest'opera ma richiamando un'altra pagina.\footcite[26]{Bringhurst:1992}. E infine citiamo lo stesso luogo precedente.\footcite[26]{Bringhurst:1992}. Ora citiamo un'altra voce, che verrà riportata per esteso.\footcite[59--61]{Termini:2007} e di nuovo il testo di Bringhurst, che apparirà abbreviato.\footcite[54]{Bringhurst:1992} - -\subsection{Voci \texttt{@incollection}} - -Questa è una \texttt{@incollection}\footnote{\label{nota:federspil}\cite{Federspil:2009}.} e questa un'altra.\footnote{\label{nota:corrocher}\cite{Corrocher:2009}.} - -Le informazioni della \texttt{@collection} sono richiamate nella nota \ref{nota:federspil} ma sono abbreviate nella nota \ref{nota:corrocher}. Nella bibliografia, invece, ogni \texttt{@incollection} o \texttt{@inbook} viene citata per esteso. - -% Shorthands - \printshorthands - -% Bibliographies - \defbibnote{example}{This is a note to the first bibliography} - \defbibnote{references}{This is a note to the first bibliography. The \texttt{annotation} field is used to produce commented entries.} - % Examples - \phantomsection{} - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Examples} - \printbibliography[prenote=example,title=Examples,keyword=esempio] - % References - \phantomsection{} - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname} - \printbibliography[prenote=references,title=\refname,keyword=primaria] - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.bib deleted file mode 100644 index c3a69dabf05..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.bib +++ /dev/null @@ -1,950 +0,0 @@ -%% This BibTeX bibliography file was created using BibDesk. -%% http://bibdesk.sourceforge.net/ - - -%% Created for Ivan Valbusa at 2012-04-29 17:50:10 +0200 - - -%% Saved with string encoding Unicode (UTF-8) - - - -@online{guit:sito, - Date-Added = {2012-04-21 16:52:51 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 18:09:54 +0200}, - Title = {GuIT. Gruppo degli Utilizzatori Italiani di \TeX}, - Url = {http://www.guitex.org}, - Urldate = {2012-01-15}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.guitex.org}} - -@online{pantieri:sito, - Date-Added = {2012-04-21 16:46:36 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 16:57:32 +0200}, - Title = {Sito perrsonale di Lorenzo Pantieri}, - Url = {http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/}, - Urldate = {2012-04-20}, - Annote = {In questa voce e nella precedente non si sono usate etichette perché si prevede che non vengano citata nel testo, ma semplicemente raccolte in questa lista}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/}} - -@book{test, - Author = {Robert Bringhurst}, - Booktitle = {The Elements of Typographic Style}, - Date = {1992}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-20 00:37:50 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-20 00:38:26 +0200}, - Keywords = {tiporgafia}, - Location = {Vancouver, Canada}, - Origdate = {2009}, - Origlocation = {Milano}, - Publisher = {Hartley \& Marks Publisher Inc.}, - Title = {The Elements of Typographic Style}} - -@book{Bringhurst:1992, - Author = {Robert Bringhurst}, - Booktitle = {The Elements of Typographic Style}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-19 20:54:38 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-19 20:54:38 +0200}, - Keywords = {tiporgafia}, - Location = {Vancouver, Canada}, - Origdate = {2009}, - Origlocation = {Milano}, - Origpublisher = {Sylvestre Bonnard}, - Origtitle = {Gli elementi dello stile tipografico}, - Publisher = {Hartley \& Marks Publisher Inc.}, - Title = {The Elements of Typographic Style}, - Userc = {5\textsuperscript{a} ed.}, - Year = {1992}} - -@book{comenio:oo, - Author = {Jan Amos Komensky}, - Booktitle = {Opera Omnia}, - Date = {1969}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-19 20:20:03 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 17:02:51 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Praga}, - Nameaddon = {Comenio}, - Title = {Opera Omnia}, - Annote = {In questa voce si noti l'uso del campo \texttt{nameaddon} che riporta il nome con cui è conosciuto in Italia il padre della pedagogia moderna}} - -@online{wassenhoven:dw, - Author = {Dominik Waßenhoven}, - Date = {2011}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-18 11:53:42 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 18:49:43 +0200}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Title = {\texttt{biblatex-dw}}, - Url = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-dw}, - Version = {1.4}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-dw}} - -@online{clawson:mla, - Author = {James Clawson}, - Date = {2010}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-18 11:51:47 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 11:59:00 +0200}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Subtitle = {MLA Style Using biblatex}, - Title = {\texttt{biblatex-mla}}, - Url = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-mla}, - Version = {0.95}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-mla}} - -@online{glibof:historian, - Author = {Sander Gliboff}, - Date = {2010}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-18 11:49:37 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-22 13:59:33 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {english}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Options = {babel=hyphen}, - Subtitle = {A Footnotes-and-Bibliography Style, Following Turabian/Chicago Guidelines: For Use with the Biblatex System of Programmable Bibliographies and Citations}, - Title = {User's Guide to \texttt{Historian}}, - Url = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-historian}, - Version = {0.4}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-historian}} - -@book{eco:2004, - Author = {Umberto Eco}, - Booktitle = {La ricerca della lingua perfetta nella cultura europea}, - Date = {2004}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-17 23:58:31 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 16:58:15 +0200}, - Edition = {4}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Location = {Roma-Bari}, - Publisher = {Laterza}, - Title = {La ricerca della lingua perfetta nella cultura europea}} - -@booklet{guzman:sd, - Addendum = {Con los auspicios del Centro internacional de Investigacíones para el Desarrollo de Canada}, - Author = {Guzmán de Rojas, Iván}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-17 23:48:05 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 18:05:13 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Note = {mimeo}, - Shorttitle = {Problemática}, - Title = {Problemática logico-lingüística de la comunicacíon social con el pueblo Aymara}, - Year = {s.d.}, - Annote = {Testo senza data di pubblicazione. Viene usata l'espressione ``s.d.''}} - -@book{knuth:ct, - Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - Date = {1984/1986}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {american}, - Indexsorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Reading, Mass.}, - Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting}, - Sortyear = {1984-0}, - Title = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - Volumes = {5}, - Annote = {A five-volume book cited as a whole. This is a \texttt{book} entry, note the \texttt{volumes} field}} - -@book{knuth:ct:a, - Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - Date = {1984}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-17 23:01:10 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {american}, - Indexsorttitle = {The TeXbook}, - Indextitle = {\TeX book, The}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Reading, Mass.}, - Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - Shorttitle = {\TeX book}, - Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting A}, - Sortyear = {1984-1}, - Title = {The \TeX book}, - Volume = {A}, - Annote = {The first volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this volume to be listed after the entry referring to the entire five-volume set. Also note the \texttt{indextitle} and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields}} - -@book{knuth:ct:b, - Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - Date = {1986}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {american}, - Indexsorttitle = {TeX: The Program}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Reading, Mass.}, - Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - Shorttitle = {\TeX}, - Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting B}, - Sortyear = {1986-1}, - Title = {\TeX: The Program}, - Volume = {B}, - Annote = {The second volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields. Also note the \texttt{indexsorttitle} field}} - -@book{knuth:ct:c, - Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - Date = {1986}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {american}, - Indextitle = {METAFONTbook, The}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Reading, Mass.}, - Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - Shorttitle = {METAFONTbook}, - Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting C}, - Sortyear = {1986-2}, - Title = {The METAFONTbook}, - Volume = {C}, - Annote = {The third volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} field}} - -@book{knuth:ct:d, - Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - Date = {1986}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 18:50:28 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {american}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Reading, Mass.}, - Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - Shorttitle = {METAFONT}, - Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting D}, - Sortyear = {1986-3}, - Title = {METAFONT: The Program}, - Volume = {D}, - Annote = {The fourth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields}} - -@book{knuth:ct:e, - Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - Date = {1986}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 21:16:34 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {american}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Reading, Mass.}, - Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting E}, - Sortyear = {1986-4}, - Title = {Computer Modern Typefaces}, - Volume = {E}, - Annote = {The fifth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields}} - -@book{heidegger:sz, - Author = {Martin Heidegger}, - Booktitle = {Sein und Zeit}, - Date = {2001}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-15 18:03:59 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-19 21:00:01 +0200}, - Edition = {18}, - Keywords = {esempio,volumesingolo}, - Library = {Apparso originariamente nel 1927 nell'annuario diretto da H. Husserl \emph{Jahrbuch für Philosophie und phänomenologische Forschung (vol. VIII)}}, - Location = {Tübingen}, - Publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag}, - Shorthand = {SZ}, - Title = {Sein und Zeit}, - Annote = {Un altro testo fondametnale della filosofia, citato in un recente edizione. Si noti l'uso del campo \texttt{library} che contiene le informazioni sulla prima edizione. }} - -@book{original-ITA, - Author = {Autore}, - Date = {2013}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-14 14:00:05 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-14 14:37:42 +0200}, - Editor = {Pinco Pallino}, - Location = {Roma}, - Options = {skipbib}, - Title = {Traduzione}} - -@inbook{original, - Author = {Autore}, - Date = {2012}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-14 13:59:24 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-14 14:14:50 +0200}, - Maintitle = {Maintitle}, - Options = {citetrans}, - Title = {Titolo}, - Userf = {original-ITA}} - -@book{descartes:discours-ITA, - Author = {René Descartes}, - Date = {2002}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-14 12:57:58 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-14 13:48:24 +0200}, - Editor = {Lucia Urbani Ulivi}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Milano}, - Note = {testo francese a fronte}, - Options = {skipbib=false}, - Publisher = {Bompiani}, - Title = {Discorso sul metodo}, - Annote = {Esempio di voce \texttt{inbook} con relativa traduzione italiana. Non è stato usato il campo \texttt{crossref}, pertanto le informzioni sul \texttt{book} relativo a quest'opera appaiono all'interno della stessa voce.}} - -@inbook{descartes:discours, - Author = {René Descartes}, - Date = {1897/1913}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-14 12:57:03 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-14 14:39:35 +0200}, - Editor = {Charles Adam and Paul Tannery}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Paris}, - Maintitle = {Ouvres de Descartes}, - Options = {citetrans}, - Pages = {1-78}, - Title = {Discours de la méthode}, - Userf = {descartes:discours-ITA}, - Volume = {6}, - Volumes = {12}, - Annote = {Esempio di voce \texttt{inbook} con relativa traduzione italiana. Non è stato usato il campo \texttt{crossref}, pertanto le informzioni sul \texttt{book} relativo a quest'opera appaiono all'interno della stessa voce.}} - -@manual{datasheet, - Label = {DST}, - Title = {Scheda tecnica}, - Type = {Datasheet}, - Year = {2011}} - -@incollection{berto:sep-impossible-worlds, - Author = {Berto, Francesco}, - Booktitle = {The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, - Date = {2009}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-19 21:03:07 +0200}, - Edition = {Fall 2009}, - Editor = {Edward N. Zalta}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Title = {Impossible Worlds}, - Url = {http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2009/entries/impossible-worlds/}, - Annote = {Un articolo in un'enciclopedia on-line. In questo caso, pur trattandosi di risorsa elettronica, si è voluto evidenziare che apprtiene a un'opera collettiva. I dati dell'encilciodia sono inseriti all'interno della voce stessa.}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2009/entries/impossible-worlds/}} - -@collection{DiGiovanniHarris1985, - Address = {Albany, New York}, - Date = {1985}, - Editor = {{di Giovanni}, George and Harris, H.S.}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Publisher = {State University of New York Press}, - Title = {Between Kant and Hegel}, - Translator = {{di Giovanni}, George and Harris, H.S.}} - -@collection{HWPh, - Address = {Basel}, - Date = {1971--2007}, - Editor = {Ritter, Joachim and Gründer, Karlfried and Gabriel, Gottfried}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Publisher = {Schwabe}, - Title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie}, - Volumes = {12}} - -@collection{Sassen2000, - Address = {Cambridge}, - Date = {2000}, - Editor = {Sassen, Brigitte}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, - Title = {Kant's Early Critics}, - Translator = {Sassen, Brigitte}} - -@online{ctan, - Date-Added = {2011-06-02 17:33:32 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-22 13:18:31 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {american}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Label = {CTAN}, - Subtitle = {The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}, - Title = {CTAN}, - Url = {http://www.ctan.org}, - Urldate = {2006-10-01}, - Annote = {Esempio di risosrsa online. Si noti il campo \texttt{urldate} che deve riportare la data in cui il sito è stato visitato. Non essendo presente un autore, è stato usato il campo \texttt{label} come etichetta per le citazioni.}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.ctan.org}} - -@book{Eco:2007, - Author = {Umberto Eco}, - Booktitle = {Dall'albero al labirinto}, - Date = {2007}, - Date-Added = {2011-05-11 10:31:28 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2011-05-11 10:31:28 +0200}, - Location = {Milano}, - Publisher = {Bompiani}, - Subtitle = {Studi storici sul segno e l'interpretazione}, - Title = {Dall'albero al labirinto}} - -@periodical{sakk:2010, - Date = {2010}, - Date-Added = {2010-10-30 22:23:05 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2010-10-30 22:33:59 +0200}, - Editor = {Mauro Sacchetto}, - Issue = {num. mon. di}, - Issuetitle = {Cucina italiana}, - Journaltitle = {Cucina italiana}, - Title = {Storia della maionese}} - -@inbook{Spencer:1891a, - Addendum = {prima edizione in \emph{The British Quarterly Review} nel 1854}, - Booktitle = {Scientific, Political, \& Speculative}, - Crossref = {Spencer:1891}, - Date-Added = {2010-05-11 15:04:27 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2010-05-16 21:28:56 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Pages = {1-73}, - Title = {The Genesis of Science}, - Volume = {2}, - Annote = {Quest'opera è apparsa originariamente come un articolo. Il titolo ha lo stesso formato delle voci \texttt{@article}. Qui è citata da una \texttt{@mvbook}}} - -@inbook{Spencer:1891b, - Booktitle = {Scientific, Political, \& Speculative}, - Crossref = {Spencer:1891vol2}, - Pages = {74-144}, - Title = {The Classification of the Sciences}, - Volume = {2}} - -@book{Spencer:1891vol2, - Author = {Herbert Spencer}, - Date = {1891}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Edinburgh}, - Maintitle = {Essays}, - Publisher = {Williams {and} Norgate}, - Title = {Scientific, Political, \& Speculative}, - Volume = {2}} - -@mvbook{Spencer:1891, - Author = {Herbert Spencer}, - Date = {1891}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Edinburgh}, - Publisher = {Williams {and} Norgate}, - Title = {Essays}, - Volumes = {3}, - Annote = {Un esempio di multi-volume, che può contenere volumi, articoli, lettere, prefazioni, postfazioni, ecc.}} - -@book{Frege, - Address = {Hamburg}, - Author = {Frege, Gottlob}, - Date = {1988}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Pagination = {line}, - Publisher = {Meiner}, - Subtitle = {Eine logisch mathematische Untersuchung über den Begriff der Zahl}, - Title = {Die Grundlagen der Arithmetik}, - Annote = {In questa voce è stato usato il campo \texttt{pagination}, che cambia la stringa che precede il numero inserito nel campo \texttt{postnote} dei comandi di citazione}} - -@mvbook{Reale1987, - Address = {Milano}, - Author = {Giovanni Reale}, - Date = {1987}, - Edition = {5}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Maintitle = {Storia della filosofia antica}, - Pages = {458-493}, - Publisher = {Vita e Pensiero}, - Title = {Dalle origini a Socrate}, - Titleaddon = {Appendice seconda: ``Precisazioni sulle caratteristiche fondamentali del concetto greco di filosofia''}, - Volume = {1}, - Annote = {Un libro multi-volume di cui si cita il volume 1. Si noti l'uso del campo \texttt{titleaddon} per indicare il titolo di un capitolo contenuto nel primo volume}} - -@inreference{Markie2008, - Author = {Markie, Peter J.}, - Crossref = {SEP}, - Date = {2008}, - Date-Added = {2010-04-12 14:15:35 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-19 20:59:11 +0200}, - Edition = {Fall 2008}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Title = {Rationalism vs. Empiricism}, - Url = {http://plato.stanford.edu/markie}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://plato.stanford.edu/markie}} - -@inreference{Sassen2010, - Author = {Sassen, Brigitte}, - Crossref = {SEP}, - Date = {2010}, - Date-Added = {2010-04-12 14:15:35 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2010-04-12 15:41:59 +0200}, - Edition = {Spring 2010}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Title = {18th Century German Philosophy Prior to Kant}, - Url = {http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2010/entries/18thGerman-preKant/}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2010/entries/18thGerman-preKant/}} - -@reference{SEP, - Booktitle = {The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, - Date = {2009}, - Date-Added = {2010-04-12 14:15:35 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2010-04-12 16:35:03 +0200}, - Editor = {Zalta, Edward N.}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Label = {SEP}, - Options = {useeditor=false}, - Sorttitle = {Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, - Title = {The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, - Url = {http://plato.stanford.edu/}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://plato.stanford.edu/}} - -@book{brandt, - Author = {von Brandt, Ahasver and Erich Hoffmann}, - Booktitle = {Space and Beyond}, - Date = {2000}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-30 17:10:25 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2010-03-30 17:11:57 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Westport}, - Publisher = {Greenwood}, - Title = {Die nordischen Länder von der Mitte des 11.~Jahrhunderts bis 1448}} - -@mvreference{britannica, - Booktitle = {The New Encyclopædia Britannica}, - Date = {2003}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-10 17:46:47 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2010-04-12 15:44:47 +0200}, - Edition = {15}, - Editor = {Preece, Warren E.}, - Hyphenation = {british}, - Indextitle = {Encyclopædia Britannica, The New}, - Label = {EB}, - Location = {Chicago, Ill.}, - Options = {useeditor=false}, - Publisher = {Encyclopædia Britannica}, - Shorttitle = {Encyclopædia Britannica}, - Sorttitle = {Encyclopædia Britannica}, - Title = {The New Encyclopædia Britannica}, - Volumes = {32}, - Annote = {Un'enciclopedia in più volumi. This is a \texttt{collection} entry for an encyclopedia. Si noti l'uso dell'opzione \texttt{useeditor=false}, che permette di usare il campo \texttt{label} al posto del campo \texttt{editor}. Vogliamo che il titolo venga ordinato sotto la \enquote*{E} piuttosto che \enquote*{T}}} - -@book{pantieri:artelatex, - Author = {Lorenzo Pantieri and Tommaso Gordini}, - Booktitle = {L'arte di scrivere con \LaTeX}, - Date = {2011}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-20 12:41:29 +0200}, - Foreword = {Enrico Gregorio}, - Hyphenation = {italian}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Subtitle = {Un'introduzione a \LaTeX}, - Title = {L'arte di scrivere con \LaTeX}, - Url = {http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/LaTeX_files/ArteLaTeX.pdf}, - Annote = {Questa guida è diventata il punto di riferimento degli utenti italiani di \LaTeX\ ed è apprezzata per la chiarezza espositiva e la completezza dei contenuti}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/}} - -@article{Moore:1903, - Author = {George Edward Moore}, - Date = {1903}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 00:53:16 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {english}, - Journaltitle = {Mind}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Month = {5}, - Number = {12}, - Origdate = {1969}, - Origlocation = {Torino}, - Origpublisher = {UTET}, - Origtitle = {La confutazione dell'idealismo}, - Pages = {433-453}, - Series = {N.S.}, - Title = {The refutation of idealism}, - Usera = {Il Neoempirismo}, - Userb = {a cura di Alberto Pasquinelli}, - Userc = {35-61}, - Annote = {L'articolo citato è apparso in origine su rivista e successivamente pubblicato all'interno di una \texttt{@collection} in lingua italiana. I dati della \texttt{@collection} sono inseriti per esteso all'interno. -Il titolo italiano dell'articolo è inserito nel campo \texttt{origtitle}, il titolo della \texttt{@collection} si trova nel campo \texttt{usera}, menter il campo \texttt{userb} contiene i dettagli sull'edizione italiana. Infine, il campo \texttt{userc} riporta l'intervallo di pagine in cui l'articolo si trova. Si noti anche l'uso del campo \texttt{hyphenation}. - -}} - -@book{Mach:1883, - Author = {Ernst Mach}, - Booktitle = {Die Mechanik in ihrer Entwickelung historisch-kritisch dargestellt}, - Date = {1883}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 00:44:23 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Origdate = {1977}, - Origlocation = {Torino}, - Origpublisher = {Bollati Boringhieri}, - Origtitle = {La meccanica nel suo sviluppo storico-critico}, - Title = {Die Mechanik in ihrer Entwickelung historisch-kritisch dargestellt}, - Userb = {traduzione, introduzione e note di Alfonsina D'Elia}, - Annote = {Tipico esempio di citazione di un testo originale con relativa traduzione. I dati della traduzione sono inseriti nei campi \texttt{orig-} e il campo \texttt{userb} è usato per alcuni dettagli sull'edizione italiana. La voce riporta solo il titolo e l'anno dell'edizione originale, mentre fornisce le indicazioni complete della traduzione.}} - -@bookinbook{kant:ku, - Bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel}, - Booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - Crossref = {kant:werke}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 17:02:39 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {german}, - Keywords = {esempio, modern}, - Maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, - Pages = {165--485}, - Shorthand = {KU}, - Title = {Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - Volume = {5}, - Annote = {In questa voce viene usato il campo \texttt{crossref} per richiamare i dati dell'edizione principale (\emph{Kants Werke}).}} - -@bookinbook{kant:kpv, - Author = {Kant, Immanuel}, - Bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel}, - Booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - Date = {1968}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 01:36:42 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {german}, - Keywords = {esempio, modern}, - Location = {Berlin}, - Maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, - Origdate = {2006}, - Origlocation = {Roma-Bari}, - Origpublisher = {Laterza}, - Origtitle = {Critica della ragion pratica}, - Pages = {1-163}, - Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, - Shorthand = {KpV}, - Shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, - Title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, - Userb = {testo originale nell'edizione di Karl Vorländer, traduzione di Francesco Capra, revisione di Eugenio Garin, introduzione di Sergio Landucci, glossario a cura di Vittorio Mathieu}, - Volume = {5}, - Annote = {Una voce complessa che si riferisce ai \emph{Kants Werke}. Il titolo della raccolta è inserito nel campo \texttt{maintitle}, quello del quinto volume (\emph{Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}) si trova nel campo \texttt{booktitle}, mentre il campo \texttt{title} contiene il titolo della voce bibliografica citata. Si noti l'uso del campo \texttt{shorthand} per la sigla, riportata anche nella sezione \emph{Sigle}. -}} - -@book{Galilei:dialogo, - Author = {Galileo Galilei}, - Date = {1632}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 00:59:13 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Library = {Edizione usata: UTET, Torino 2000}, - Origdate = {1980}, - Origlocation = {Torino}, - Origpublisher = {UTET}, - Reprinttitle = {Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi del mondo}, - Title = {Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi del mondo}, - Userb = {a cura di Franz Brunetti}, - Userc = {vol.~2}, - Annote = {Tipico caso di ristampa di un classico del pensiero. Viene riportato l'anno dell'edizione originale, ma si danno anche le indicazioni dell'edizione effettivamente usata. I dati della ristampa sono inseriti nei campi \texttt{orig-}, ad eccezione del titolo, che compare invece nel campo \texttt{reprinttitle}. Si noti anche l'uso dei campi \texttt{userb} e \texttt{userc} -}} - -@incollection{Federspil:2009, - Author = {Giovanni Federspil and Roberto Vettor}, - Crossref = {Filmed:2009}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2010-03-06 22:50:36 +0100}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Pages = {43-74}, - Title = {Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?}, - Annote = {Contributo su volume collettivo. Il volume collettivo appare come voce autonoma nella bibliografia, perché sono stati citati almeno due contributi. Se si vuole evitare che venga riportato in bibliografia il volume collettivo si usi l'opzione \texttt{skipbib=true}}} - -@inbook{Descartes:1897, - Author = {René Descartes}, - Date = {1897/1913}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-14 21:17:34 +0200}, - Editor = {Charles Adam and Paul Tannery}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Paris}, - Maintitle = {Ouvres de Descartes}, - Origdate = {2002}, - Origlocation = {Milano}, - Origpublisher = {Bompiani}, - Origtitle = {Discorso sul metodo}, - Pages = {1-78}, - Title = {Discours de la méthode}, - Usera = {Usera}, - Userb = {testo francese a fronte, a cura di Lucia Urbani Ulivi}, - Volume = {6}, - Volumes = {12}, - Annote = {Esempio di voce \texttt{inbook} con relativa traduzione italiana. Non è stato usato il campo \texttt{crossref}, pertanto le informzioni sul \texttt{book} relativo a quest'opera appaiono all'interno della stessa voce.}} - -@incollection{Corrocher:2009, - Author = {Roberto Corrocher}, - Crossref = {Filmed:2009}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 16:58:57 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Pages = {27-42}, - Title = {Riflessioni sull'uomo di fronte a nuove sfide}, - Annote = {Contributo su volume collettivo. Il volume collettivo appare come voce autonoma nella bibliografia perché sono stati citati almeno due contributi. Se si vuole evitare che venga riportato in bibliografia si usi l'opzione \texttt{skipbib=true}}} - -@book{Poincare:1968, - Addendum = {prima edizione 1902}, - Author = {Jules-Henri Poincaré}, - Booktitle = {La science et l'hypothèse}, - Date = {1968}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-05 16:18:11 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2010-03-05 16:18:11 +0100}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Paris}, - Origdate = {2003}, - Origlocation = {Milano}, - Origpublisher = {Bompiani}, - Origtitle = {La scienza e l'ipotesi}, - Publisher = {Flammarion}, - Title = {La science et l'hypothèse}, - Userb = {testo greco a fronte, a cura di Corrado Sinigaglia}, - Annote = {Testo con traduzione italiana. Si noti il campo \texttt{userb} e il campo \texttt{addendum}}} - -@article{Russell:1905, - Author = {Bertrand Russell}, - Date = {1905}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-02 18:17:47 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 18:46:38 +0200}, - Journaltitle = {Mind}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Number = {3}, - Origlocation = {\cite{Pasquinelli:1969}\addcomma}, - Pages = {479-493}, - Title = {On denoting}, - Userc = {97-116}, - Volume = {14}, - Annote = {Situazione patologica. L'articolo citato compare in una \texttt{collection} in italiano. Il riferimento a questa è ottenuto citandola nel campo \texttt{origlocation}. Si noti l'uso del comando \texttt{\textbackslash addcomma} per inserire la virgola}} - -@article{Schlick:1930-3, - Author = {Moritz Schlick}, - Date = {1930}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-02 18:17:47 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-14 20:34:32 +0200}, - Journaltitle = {Erkenntnis}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Number = {2}, - Origlocation = {\cite{Pasquinelli:1969}\addcomma}, - Origtitle = {La svolta della filosofia}, - Pages = {4-11}, - Title = {Die Wende der Philosophie}, - Usera = {Usera}, - Userb = {userb}, - Userc = {256-263}, - Userd = {Add data for field: Userd}, - Volume = {1}, - Annote = {Situazione patologica. L'articolo citato compare in una \texttt{collection} in italiano. Il riferimento a questa è ottenuto citandola nel campo \texttt{origlocation}. Si noti l'uso del comando \texttt{\textbackslash addcomma} per inserire la virgola}} - -@book{Lobacevskij:1994, - Author = {Nikolaj Ivanovi\v{c} Loba\v{c}evskij}, - Booktitle = {Nuovi principi della geometria}, - Date = {1994}, - Date-Added = {2010-02-27 18:45:20 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 17:20:48 +0200}, - Editor = {Lucio Lombarto Radice}, - Foreword = {Evandro Agazzi}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Torino}, - Options = {origed}, - Origdate = {1835}, - Publisher = {Bollati Boringhieri}, - Subtitle = {Con una teoria completa delle parallele}, - Title = {Nuovi principi della geometria}, - Annote = {Esempio di un testo straniero del quale si cita l'edizione italiana, ma indicando anche l'anno dell'edizione originale nel campo \texttt{addendum}}} - -@incollection{Degani:2009, - Author = {Marta Degani and Elisabetta Adami and Anna Belladelli}, - Crossref = {Facchinetti:2009}, - Date-Added = {2009-12-15 16:50:20 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2009-12-18 18:10:12 +0100}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Title = {The Use of Modal Verbs in Interpersonal Contexts: From Semantics to Pragmatics}, - Userc = {13-54}, - Userd = {Add data for field: Userd}} - -@incollection{Facchinetti:2009a, - Author = {Roberta Facchinetti}, - Crossref = {Facchinetti:2009}, - Date-Added = {2009-12-15 16:47:44 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 17:05:04 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Note = {Note}, - Pages = {35-44}, - Title = {Subjectivity, (non-)subjectivity and intersubjectivity}, - Userd = {vol. 3}} - -@collection{Facchinetti:2009, - Booktitle = {Studies on English Modality}, - Date = {2009}, - Date-Added = {2009-12-15 16:13:17 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 17:02:57 +0200}, - Editor = {Anastasios Tsangalidis and Roberta Facchinetti}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Bern}, - Publisher = {Peter Lang}, - Title = {Studies on English Modality}} - -@incollection{Termini:2007, - Author = {Settimo Termini}, - Crossref = {Bartocci:2007}, - Date-Added = {2009-10-22 14:36:21 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 14:15:42 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Title = {Vita morte e miracoli di Alan Mathison Turing}, - Annote = {In questa voce si è usato il campo \texttt{crossref}, ma poiché è stato citato un solo contributo della \texttt{@collection}, la voce relativa a quest'utlima viene stampata al suo interno e non compare come voce autonoma.}} - -@manual{gregorio:appunti, - Author = {Enrico Gregorio}, - Date = {2009}, - Date-Added = {2009-10-14 16:35:37 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 13:49:18 +0200}, - Edition = {2}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Month = {6}, - Title = {Appunti di programmazione in \LaTeX\ e \TeX}, - Url = {http://profs.sci.univr.it/~gregorio/introtex.pdf}, - Annote = {Un testo avanzato che entra nel dettaglio della definizione delle macro in \TeX\ e \LaTeX. «Di sicuro questo non è una guida per il principiante, anche se ci sono tutte le indicazioni fondamentali su come usare i comandi per definire nuove macro; tuttavia anche chi è agli inizi potrebbe trovare qualche spunto interessante per avvicinarsi al mondo misterioso (non poi troppo) delle macro di \TeX»}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://profs.sci.univr.it/~gregorio/introtex.pdf}} - -@online{lehman:biblatex, - Author = {Philipp Lehman}, - Booktitle = {The \textsf{biblatex} package}, - Date = {2011}, - Date-Added = {2009-10-13 18:52:07 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-19 20:49:39 +0200}, - Hyphenation = {english}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Options = {babel=hyphen}, - Subtitle = {Programmable Bibliographies and Citations}, - Title = {The \texttt{biblatex} package}, - Url = {http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/}, - Version = {\\1.7}, - Annote = {Questa è la documentazione ufficiale del pacchetto \texttt{biblatex}. Sebbene non sia di facile lettura è indispensabile per chi voglia modificare le funzioni degli stili esistenti ovvero crearne di nuovi.}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/}} - -@article{Mori:2008, - Author = {Lapo F. Mori}, - Booktitle = {Gestire la bibliografia con \LaTeX}, - Date = {2008}, - Date-Added = {2009-10-13 13:50:34 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2010-04-09 22:02:29 +0200}, - Journaltitle = {ArsTeXnica}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Month = {10}, - Number = {6}, - Pages = {37-51}, - Title = {Gestire la bibliografia con \LaTeX}, - Annote = {Questo articolo è un ottimo punto di partenza per farsi un'idea delle possibilità disponibili per la gestione delle bibliografie, sia con il classico Bib\TeX\ sia con Bib\LaTeX}} - -@electronic{Pantieri:2009, - Author = {Lorenzo Pantieri}, - Booktitle = {L'arte di gestire la bibliografia con biblatex}, - Date = {2009}, - Date-Added = {2009-10-13 13:43:37 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 12:31:45 +0200}, - Keywords = {primaria}, - Title = {L'arte di gestire la bibliografia con biblatex con biblatex}, - Url = {http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/LaTeX_files/Bibliografia.pdf}, - Annote = {Un articolo introduttivo al pacchetto \texttt{biblatex}, scritto dall'autore dell'\emph{Arte di scrivere con \LaTeX}. Vengono trattate le principali caratteristiche di \texttt{biblatex}, che rendono questo pacchetto in assoluto il più versatile per la gestione di ogni tipo di bibliografia}, - Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/}} - -@incollection{Rossitto:1977, - Author = {Cristina Rossitto}, - Crossref = {Berti:1977}, - Date-Added = {2009-09-29 11:29:32 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-18 14:14:40 +0200}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Pages = {43-69}, - Title = {Opposizione e non contraddizione nella \emph{Metafisica} di Aristotele}, - Annote = {In questa voce si è usato il campo \texttt{crossref}, ma poiché è stato citato un solo contributo della \texttt{@collection}, la voce relativa a quest'utlima viene stampata al suo interno e non compare come voce autonoma.}} - -@incollection{Valbusa:2007, - Author = {Ivan Valbusa}, - Booktitle = {Christian Wolff tra psi\-co\-lo\-gia empirica e psicologia razionale}, - Date = {2007}, - Date-Added = {2009-09-27 23:17:07 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2009-10-13 13:16:37 +0200}, - Editor = {Ferdinando Luigi Marcolungo}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Hildesheim and Zürich and London}, - Publisher = {Georg Olms Verlag}, - Title = {Psicologia e sistema in Alsted e in Wolff}} - -@inbook{nietzsche:historie, - Author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - Bookauthor = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - Booktitle = {Die Geburt der Tragödie. Unzeitgemäße Betrachtungen I--IV. Nachgelassene Schriften 1870--1973}, - Date = {1988}, - Date-Added = {2009-09-27 17:42:32 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2010-03-03 07:30:29 +0100}, - Edition = {7}, - Editor = {Colli, Giorgio and Montinari, Mazzino}, - Hyphenation = {german}, - Indexsorttitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie fur das Leben}, - Indextitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie für das Leben}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {München and Berlin and New York}, - Mainsubtitle = {Kritische Studienausgabe}, - Maintitle = {Sämtliche Werke}, - Pages = {243-334}, - Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, - Shorttitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie}, - Sortdate = {1988-01-243}, - Sorttitle = {Werke-01-243}, - Subtitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie für das Leben}, - Title = {Unzeitgemässe Betrachtungen. Zweites Stück}, - Volume = {1}, - Annote = {A single essay from the critical edition of Nietzsche's works. This \texttt{inbook} entry explicitly refers to an essay found in the first volume. Note the \texttt{title}, \texttt{booktitle}, and \texttt{maintitle} fields. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this entry to be listed after the entry referring to the entire first volume}} - -@collection{Pasquinelli:1969, - Booktitle = {Il Neoempirismo}, - Date = {1969}, - Date-Added = {2009-09-27 01:21:58 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2009-12-26 16:41:27 +0100}, - Editor = {Alberto Pasquinelli}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Torino}, - Publisher = {UTET}, - Title = {Il Neoempirismo}, - Annote = {Questa voce non è citata nel teso ma viene generata dalla voce relativa a Schlick 1930}} - -@collection{Berti:1977, - Booktitle = {La contraddizione}, - Date = {1977}, - Date-Added = {2009-09-30 19:34:48 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2010-04-09 21:34:21 +0200}, - Editor = {Enrico Berti}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Roma}, - Publisher = {Città Nuova}, - Title = {La contraddizione}} - -@book{kant:werke, - Author = {Kant, Immanuel}, - Date = {1968}, - Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-29 17:50:10 +0200}, - Keywords = {Esempio, modern}, - Location = {Berlin}, - Mainsubtitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, - Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, - Title = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, - Volumes = {9}} - -@collection{Bartocci:2007, - Booksubtitle = {Protagonisti del '900 da Hilbert a Wiles}, - Booktitle = {Vite matematiche}, - Date = {2007}, - Date-Added = {2009-10-20 17:17:52 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-19 21:01:05 +0200}, - Editor = {Claudio Bartocci and Renato Betti and Angelo Guerraggio and Roberto Lucchetti}, - Hyphenation = {english}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Milano}, - Publisher = {Springer-Verlag Italia}, - Title = {Vite matematiche}, - Annote = {Un classico volume collettivo con quattro curatori. Si noti che nel testo la lista di autori è automaticamente troncata dopo il primo autore.}} - -@collection{Filmed:2009, - Booktitle = {Filosofia delle medicina}, - Date = {2009}, - Date-Added = {2009-09-27 23:05:08 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 16:50:50 +0200}, - Editor = {Pierdaniele Giaretta and Antonio Moretto and Gian Franco Gensini and Marco Trabucchi}, - Keywords = {esempio}, - Location = {Bologna}, - Publisher = {il Mulino}, - Subtitle = {Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori}, - Title = {Filosofia delle medicina}, - Annote = {Volume collettivo del quale si citano due contributi. Si noti come nella bibliografia vengano riportati tutti i curatori del volume, mentre nelle citazioni la lista venga troncata.}} - -@collection{mate_einaudi:2007, - Booktitle = {La matematica}, - Date = {2007/2011}, - Date-Added = {2012-04-15 17:10:54 +0200}, - Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 17:10:54 +0200}, - Editor = {Claudio Bartocci and Piergiorgio Odifreddi}, - Location = {Torino}, - Publisher = {Einaudi}, - Title = {La matematica}, - Volumes = {4}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.pdf Binary files differindex 7d163a956e9..61421d0e991 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 7e0ce56195e..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1020 +0,0 @@ -% !TEX TS-program = pdflatex -% !TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode - -\documentclass[12pt]{ltxdockit} -\usepackage{btxdockit} - -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[american,english,italian]{babel} -\usepackage[babel,italian=guillemets]{csquotes} -\usepackage[% - backend=biber, - style=philosophy-modern, - natbib=true, - library=true, - annotation=true, - hyperref]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-philosophy.bib} - -\DeclareBibliographyCategory{web} -\addtocategory{web}{ctan,pantieri:sito,guit:sito} -\nocite{ctan,pantieri:sito,guit:sito} - -\usepackage[left=1.75in,top=.4in,right=1in,bottom=.6in, includeheadfoot]{geometry} - -\usepackage{fourier} -\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{lmss} - -\usepackage{guit} -\usepackage{mdframed} -\usepackage{tikz} -\usepackage{sectsty} - \sectionfont{\spotcolor\sffamily} - \subsectionfont{\spotcolor} - \subsubsectionfont{\spotcolor} - \paragraphfont{\spotcolor} - \subparagraphfont{\spotcolor} -% hyperref setup -%%------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -\rcsid{$Id: biblatex-philosophy.tex,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 17:00:00 valbusa beta $} - -\titlepage{% - title= {\color{spot}Guida al pacchetto\\ \sty{biblatex-philosophy}}, - subtitle={\itshape Stili bibliografici per gli utenti (italiani) di \sty{biblatex}}, - url={http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-philosophy}, - author={Ivan Valbusa}, - email={ivan.valbusa@univr.it}, - revision={\rcsrevision}, - date={\rcstoday}} -\hypersetup{% - pdftitle={Guida al pacchetto \sty{biblatex-philosophy}}, - pdfsubject={Stili bibliografici per \sty{biblatex}}, - pdfauthor={Ivan Valbusa}, - pdfkeywords={philosophy, biblatex, latex, - bibtex, notes, bibliography, references, citation, italian, PhD}, - citecolor=spot, - linkcolor=spot, - urlcolor=spot} - -% New commands and environments -\lstnewenvironment{latexcode}[1][]{% - \lstset{% - aboveskip=\lstenvsep, - xleftmargin=3pt, - xrightmargin=3pt, - frame=single, - rulecolor=\color{blue!30}, - style=latex,#1}}{} - \newenvironment{bibexample}{% -\begin{mdframed}% - [linewidth=1, - linecolor=blue!30, - backgroundcolor=blue!5, - innertopmargin=.2\baselineskip, - skipabove=.5\baselineskip, - skipbelow=.5\baselineskip]} - {\end{mdframed}} - -\newcommand{\new}{\marginpar{\textcolor{red}{\textbf{NEW!}}}} -\newcommand{\modernentry}[3][r]{% - \makebox[\bibhang][#1]{#2}% - \hskip\yeartitle - \parbox[t]{11.3cm}{#3}\par\nobreak\vskip1ex} -\newcommand{\evidenzia}[1]{\textcolor{red!40!black}{#1}} - - -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% BEGIN DOCUMENT -% -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -\begin{document} - -\printtitlepage - -\begin{abstract} -\small - \begin{otherlanguage}{english} - This package provides three bibliography and citation styles for use with Philipp - Lehman's \sty{biblatex} package. It is particularly meant for Italian users who want to cite - original texts and their translations in the same entry. Some new options and features - allow you to personalize the style of the entries and to compose annotated bibliographies. - The default settings are based on the styles predominant in Italian publications and - the package actually provides the localization file for use the styles in English and Italian - documents. Simple redefinitions are needed for the other languages. - \end{otherlanguage} -\end{abstract} - -\tableofcontents - -\section{Introduzione} - -%******************************************************************* -\subsection{License (English)} -%******************************************************************* - -Copyright \copyright\ 2009-2010 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c.\fnurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.} This software is provided “as is”, without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. - -%******************************************************************* -\subsection{Ringraziamenti} -%******************************************************************* - -Nella scrittura dei codici ho largamente preso ispirazione da alcuni stili disponibili in rete, in particolare gli stili \sty{dw} di Dominik \textcite{wassenhoven:dw}, \sty{mla} di James \textcite{clawson:mla} e \sty{historian} di Sander \textcite{glibof:historian}. Fondamentale è stata inoltre la lunga discussione (tuttora in corso) sul forum del \GuIT.\fnurl{http://www.guit.sssup.it/phpbb/viewtopic.php?t=6717.} A tutti coloro che hanno partecipato alla discussione va un mio ringraziamento particolare. - - -%******************************************************************* -% -\subsection{Caratteristiche degli stili}\label{sec:introduction} -% -%******************************************************************* - -Questo pacchetto mette a disposizione due stili bibliografici autore-anno adatti per citazioni in testo o in nota (\sty{philosophy-classic} e \sty{philosophy-modern}; in seguito \sty{classic} e \sty{modern}) e uno stile prolisso pensato per bibliografie composte nelle note a piè di pagina secondo la tradizione di molte scienze umane (\sty{philosophy-verbose}; in seguito \sty{verbose}). - -La loro caratteristica principale è la possibilità di comporre voci bibliografiche contenenti contemporaneamente i dati della pubblicazione originale e dell'eventuale traduzione. Un ampio set di opzioni consente poi di modificare lo stile di alcuni elementi della voce bibliografica (sezione \ref{sec:options}) e di comporre bibliografie annotate o commentate (sezione \ref{sec:annotation}). Ecco un esempio: - \begin{bibexample} - Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Flammarion, - Paris, prima edizione 1902; trad. it. \emph{La - scienza e l'ipotesi}, testo greco a fronte, a cura di Corrado Sinigaglia, - Bompiani, Milano 2003. - \end{bibexample} - -Questi stili sono impostati per rispondere in particolare alle esigenze del pubblico italiano (per esempio si usa la virgola al posto del punto fermo per separare le unità della voce bibliografica), ma possono essere usati con qualsiasi lingua riconosciuta da \sty{babel}. -Attualmente sono disponibili i supporti per la lingua italiana e inglese, mentre per le altre lingue sono necessari dei semplici codici aggiuntivi (sezione \ref{sec:lingue}). - -\begin{marglist} -\item[philosophy-classic] -Lo stile \sty{classic} è un classico stile autore-anno che produce voci bibliografiche come quella appena riportata e permette di ottenere riferimenti compatti nel caso di citazioni multiple. Una citazione come questa: -\begin{latexcode} -\textcite{knuth:ct:a,knuth:ct:b,knuth:ct:c,knuth:ct:d,knuth:ct:e} -\end{latexcode} -produce l'output: -\begin{bibexample} -\textcite{knuth:ct:a,knuth:ct:b,knuth:ct:c,knuth:ct:d,knuth:ct:e} -\end{bibexample} -anziché la forma più estesa: -\begin{bibexample} -Knuth (1984); Knuth (1986a); Knuth (1986b); Knuth (1986c); Knuth (1986d) -\end{bibexample} - -\item[philosophy-modern]\label{esempio-modern} -Lo stile \sty{modern}, nato da una richiesta di Lorenzo Pantieri sul forum del \GuIT,\footnote{\url{http://www.guit.sssup.it/phpbb/viewtopic.php?t=6472}.} usa lo schema \sty{classic} per le citazioni ma permette di avere una bibliografia organizzata per ``blocchi'' di autori, particolarmente adatta a bibliografie in cui vi sono molti testi relativi ad uno stesso autore: - -\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth} - \begin{bibexample} - \textsc{Spencer, Herbert} - \bigskip - - \modernentry{1891a}{\emph{Essays. Scientific, Political, \& Speculative}, - 3~vol., Williams and Norgate, Edinburgh.} - \modernentry{1891b}{“The Classification of the Sciences”, in Spencer - (1891a).} - \modernentry{1891c}{“The Genesis of Science”, in Spencer (1891a), - prima edizione in \emph{The British Quarterly Review}, 1854.} - \end{bibexample} -\end{minipage} -\item[philosophy-verbose] -Lo stile \sty{verbose} è pensato per le citazioni prolisse fatte nelle note a piè di pagina e segue lo schema maggiormente diffuso nella letteratura umanistica italiana. - -In base a questo schema viene riportata l'intera voce bibliografica nella prima occorrenza di una citazione, mentre nelle citazioni successive viene usato il titolo o il titolo breve (\bibfield{shorttitle}), seguito dall'espressione ``cit.''. Se la stessa opera viene citata due volte consecutivamente, nella seconda occorrenza compare l'espressione ``Ivi''. Infine, se una citazione si riferisce alla stessa opera e alla stessa pagina della citazione precedente, viene usata l'espressione ``Ibidem'': - \begin{bibexample} - \textsuperscript{1} Cfr. Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo}, trad. e - introd. di Lucia Urbani Ulivi, 1\textsuperscript{a} ed., testo francese a fronte, Bompiani, - Milano 2002, p. 43.\\ - \textsuperscript{2} Ivi, p. 26. \\ - \textsuperscript{3} Ibidem. \\ - \textsuperscript{4} Settimo Termini, «Vita morte e miracoli di Alan - Mathison Turing», in \emph{Vite matematiche. Protagonisti del '900 da - Hilbert a Wiles}, a cura di Claudio Bartocci \emph{et al.}, Springer-Verlag Italia, - Milano 2007, pp. 59-61.\\ - \textsuperscript{5} Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo} cit., p. 35. - \end{bibexample} - -Quando per un certo autore è presente in bibliografia una sola opera, con l'opzione \opt{singletitle=true} viene usata l'abbreziazione ``op. cit.'' al posto del titolo (breve) seguito da ``cit.'': - \begin{bibexample} - \textsuperscript{6} Cartesio, op. cit., p. 35. - \end{bibexample} - -Le \emph{latinitates}, ad esclusione di ``cit.'', vengono stampate di default in tondo. Se si preferiscono in corsivo si può usare l'opzione \opt{latinemph} (sezione \ref{sec:options-verbose}). -\end{marglist} - -%******************************************************************* -\subsection{Uso} -%******************************************************************* - -Per avere delle voci composte secondo lo stile italiano più diffuso è necessario caricare i pacchetti \sty{babel} e \sty{csquotes} nel preambolo del documento \file{.tex}: -\begin{latexcode} -\usepackage[italian]{babel} -\usepackage[italian=guillemets]{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=philosophy-<style>]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{<.bib file>} -\end{latexcode} - -Al posto di ``<style>'' si metterà uno dei tre nomi: \sty{classic}, \sty{modern} o \sty{verbose}; al posto di ``<.bib file>'' si metterà il nome dell'archivio bibliografico \file{.bib}. Si vedano anche i file di esempio \file{test-philosophy-<>.tex}. - -Si ricorda infine che alcune funzionalità di \sty{biblatex} richiedono l'uso di \bin{biber} al posto di \bin{bibtex}. In questo caso va caricata anche l'opzione: -\begin{latexcode} -backend=biber -\end{latexcode} - -%********************************************************************* -% -\section{Campi e opzioni} -% -%********************************************************************* - -%********************************************************************* -\subsection{Campi}\label{sec:campi} -%********************************************************************* - -In questa sezione viene spiegata la funzione dei nuovi campi introdotti dagli stili \sty{philosophy}. Rimangono naturalmente disponibili tutti i campi standard previsti da \sty{biblatex} per ciascun tipo di voce bibliografica, per i quali si rimanda a \textcite{pantieri:artelatex,lehman:biblatex}. Per il funzionamento di questi campi si vedano anche gli esempi raccolti nel file \file{biblatex-philosophy.bib}. - -%********************************************************************* -\subsubsection{Campi per traduzioni o pubblicazioni originali} -%********************************************************************* - -I campi seguenti possono contenere i dati della traduzione o i dati dell'edizione originale. Con l'opzione \opt{origfields=trans} (default) verranno preceduti dalla stringa ``trad. it'' (in inglese ``trans.''); con l'opzione \opt{origfields=origed} verranno preceduti dalla stringa ``ed. orig.'' (in inglese ``org. ed.'') (vedi sezione \ref{sec:options-general}). - -\paragraph{Avvertenza} -Affinché questi campi vengono stampati \emph{deve} essere presente il campo \bibfield{origdate}. In caso contrario verranno ignorati. - -\begin{fieldlist} - - -% ORIGTITLE - -\fielditem{origtitle}{literal} - -Il campo per il titolo della traduzione/edizione originale. - -% ORIGPUBLISHER - -\fielditem{origpublisher}{list} - -Il campo per l'editore della traduzione/edizione originale. - -% ORIGLOCATION - -\fielditem{origlocation}{list} - -Il campo per il luogo di pubblicazione della traduzione/edizione originale. - -% ORIGDATE - -\fielditem{origdate}{range} - -Il campo per l'anno di pubblicazione della traduzione/edizione originale. -\begin{bibexample} -Robert Bringhurst (1992), \emph{The Elements of Typographic Style}, Hartley \& Marks Publisher Inc., Vancouver, Canada; trad. it. \evidenzia{\emph{Gli elementi dello stile tipografico}, Sylvestre Bonnard, Milano 2009.} -\end{bibexample} - -% REPRINTTITLE - -\fielditem{reprinttitle}{literal} - -Il campo per il titolo della ristampa di un volume o di un articolo. Deve essere usato in alternativa a \bibfield{origtitle}, ma se coincide con quest'ultimo non viene stampato \parencite[vedi][]{Galilei:dialogo}. - -% USERA - -\fielditem{usera}{literal} - -Questo campo viene stampato dopo il campo \bibfield{origtitle} nello stesso formato della voce cui appartiene e può essere usato nelle voci \bibtype{inbook}, \bibtype{incollection} e \bibtype{article} per il titolo del volume collettivo nel quale compaiono le eventuali traduzioni/edizioni originali: - - \begin{bibexample} - Moore, George Edward (1903), «The refutation of idealism», \emph{Mind}, N.S., 12 (mag. 1903), p. 433-453; trad. it. «La confutazione dell’idealismo», in \evidenzia{\emph{Il Neoempirismo}}, a cura di Alberto Pasquinelli, UTET, Torino 1969, p. 35-61. - \end{bibexample} - -% USERB - -\fielditem{userb}{literal} - -Questo campo viene stampato in carattere normale dopo il campo \bibfield{origtitle} e può essere utilizzato per inserire informazioni sulla traduzione/edizione originale, come i nomi di curatore, traduttore, prefattore, ecc.: - \begin{bibexample} - Mach, Ernst (1883), \emph{Die Mechanik in ihrer Entwickelung historisch-kritisch dargestellt}; trad. it. \emph{La meccanica nel suo sviluppo storico-critico}, \evidenzia{traduzione, introduzione e note di Alfonsina D’Elia}, Bollati Boringhieri, Torino 1977. - \end{bibexample} - -% USERC - -\fielditem{userc}{literal} - -Questo campo viene stampato alla fine della voce bibliografica, dopo il campo \bibfield{origdate}, e può essere usato per i numeri di pagina della traduzione/edizione originale o per qualsiasi altra informazione utile. Nel primo caso si può omettere la stringa ``p.'', in quanto viene inserita automaticamente: - \begin{bibexample} - Moore, George Edward (1903), «The refutation of idealism», \emph{Mind}, N.S., 12 (mag. 1903), p. 433-453; trad. it.\tikz{\node at (0,0) (origtitle){};}«La confutazione dell’idealismo», in \emph{Il Neoempirismo}, a cura di Alberto Pasquinelli, UTET, Torino 1969, \evidenzia{p. 35-61}. - \end{bibexample} - -\end{fieldlist} - - -%******************************************************************* -\subsubsection{Bibliografie commentate}\label{sec:annotation} -%******************************************************************* - -Gli stili mettono a disposizione altri due campi molto utili, per esempio, per produrre voci commentate, come quelle riportate alla fine di questo articolo. - \begin{fieldlist} - -% LIBRARY - - \fielditem{library}{literal} - - Il contenuto di questo campo viene stampato alla fine della voce bibliografica, - in un nuovo periodo. È pensato per informazioni bibliografiche - accessorie, quali notizie di carattere storiografico, sulla reperibilità della - fonte, ecc.: - \begin{bibexample} - Heidegger, Martin (2001a), \emph{Sein und Zeit}, 18a ed., Max Niemeyer Verlag, Tübingen. \evidenzia{Apparso originariamente nel 1927 nell’annuario diretto da H. Husserl \emph{Jahrbuch für Philosophie und phänomenologische Forschung (vol. VIII)}.} - \end{bibexample} - -% ANNOTATION - - \fielditem{annotation}{literal} - - Questo campo viene stampato grazie all'opzione \opt{annotation} dopo il campo \bibfield{library}, in un nuovo paragrafo. - Il font di default si può cambiare ridefinendo il comando \cmd{annotationfont} - (sezione \ref{sec:commands-general}): - \begin{bibexample} - Lehman, Philipp (2011), \emph{The biblatex package. Programmable Bibliographies and Citations}, ver. 1.7, \texttt{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/ macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/}. - \smallskip - - {\footnotesize\evidenzia{Questa è la documentazione ufficiale del pacchetto \sty{biblatex}. Sebbene non sia di facile lettura è indispensabile per chi voglia modificare le funzioni degli stili esistenti ovvero crearne di nuovi.} \par} - - \end{bibexample} - -% ANNOTE - - \fielditem{annote}{literal} - - Un alias di \bibfield{annotation} usato da BibDesk. - - \end{fieldlist} - -%******************************************************************* -\subsubsection{Altri campi} -%******************************************************************* - -\begin{fieldlist} - -% NAMEADDON - -\fielditem{nameaddon}{literal} - -Una specifica inserita dopo il nome in bibliografia. Utile nel caso di autori conosciuti con pseudonimi, nomi latinizzati, ecc: -\begin{bibexample} -Komensky, Jan Amos \evidenzia{[Comenio]} (1969), \emph{Opera Omnia}, Praga. -\end{bibexample} - - \end{fieldlist} - -%******************************************************************* -\subsection{Opzioni}\label{sec:options} -%******************************************************************* - -Oltre alle opzioni standard di \sty{biblatex}, gli stili \sty{philosophy} forniscono nuove opzioni che permettono di personalizzare molti elementi delle citazioni e della bibliografia. Per altre personalizzazioni si vedano \textcite{lehman:biblatex,Pantieri:2009}. - -%******************************************************************* -\subsubsection{Opzioni generali}\label{sec:options-general} -%******************************************************************* - - -\begin{optionlist} - -% SHORTHANDINTRO - -\boolitem[true]{shorthandintro} - \begin{valuelist} - \item[true] Stampa la frase ``cit. come [sigla]'' per introdurre l'abbreviazione nella prima citazione. Usando il campo \bibfield{shorthandintro} può essere sovrascritta, ma la sigla va inclusa nella frase alternativa: - \begin{bibexample} - Kant (1968a [cit. come KpV], 1968b \evidenzia{[cit. come KU]}).\\ - Kant (Kr, KU). - \end{bibexample} - - \begin{bibexample} - \textsuperscript{1} Cfr. Immanuel Kant, \emph{Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, in \emph{Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, 9 vol., Walter de Gruyter, Berlin 1968, vol. 5, p. 165-485 \evidenzia{(cit. come KU)}.\\[1ex] - \textsuperscript{2} KU, p. 25. - \end{bibexample} - \item[false] Stampa la sigla senza la frase introduttiva anche nella prima citazione. Quest'opzione richiede una lista delle sigle usate (comando \cmd{printshorthand}). - \end{valuelist} - - -% ORIGFIELDS - -\optitem[true]{origfields}{\opt{trans}, \opt{none}, \opt{origed}} - \begin{valuelist} - \item[trans] Stampa i campi \bibfield{-orig}. Richiede il - campo \bibfield{origdate}. - \item[none] Non stampa i campi \bibfield{-orig}. - \item[origed] Questa opzione cita prima i dati della traduzione e aggiunge i - dati della pubblicazione originale alla fine della voce, preceduti dalla - stringa ``ed.~orig'' (``orig. ed.'' per testi in inglese): - \begin{bibexample} - Nikolaj Ivanovi\v{c} Loba\v{c}evskij (1994), \emph{Nuovi principi della geometria. Con una teoria completa delle parallele}, a cura di Lucio Lombarto Radice, prefazione di Evandro Agazzi, Bollati Boringhieri, Torino; \evidenzia{ed. orig.} 1835. - \end{bibexample} - \end{valuelist} - -% ORIGED - -\boolitem[true]{origed} - -Analoga alla precedente ma può essere impostata solo per la voce corrente nel campo \bibfield{options} \parencite[vedi][]{Lobacevskij:1994}. - -% ORIGFIELDSFORMAT - -\optitem[semicolon]{origfieldsformat}{\opt{semicolon}, \opt{parens}, \opt{brackets}} - \begin{valuelist} - \item[semicolon] - I dati della traduzione/edizione originale sono preceduti dal punto e - virgola: - \begin{bibexample}% - Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, - Flammarion\evidenzia{; trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, - Bompiani 2003}. - \end{bibexample} - \item[parens] - Mette i dati della traduzione/edizione originale tra parentesi tonde: - \begin{bibexample}% - Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, - Flammarion \evidenzia{(trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, - Bompiani 2003)}. - \end{bibexample} - \item[brackets] - Mette i dati della traduzione/edizione originale tra parentesi quadre: - \begin{bibexample}% - Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, - Flammarion \evidenzia{[trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, - Bompiani 2003]}. - \end{bibexample} -\end{valuelist} - -% SCAUTHORS - -\boolitem[false]{scauthors} - Stampa in maiuscoletto i nomi degli autori, dei curatori (compresi eventuali - prefissi o affissi come ``Von'', ``De'', ``Junior'') o dell'etichetta, che - compaiono all'inizio della voce bibliografica: - \begin{bibexample} - \evidenzia{\textsc{Poincaré, Jules-Henri}} (1968), - \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Flammarion, Paris. - \end{bibexample} - Per avere in maiuscoletto anche i nomi che compaiono all'interno della voce - bibliografica (campi \bibfield{translator}, \bibfield{foreword}, - \bibfield{introduction}, ecc.), è necessario il seguente codice: -\begin{latexcode} -\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamelast}[1]{\textsc{#1}} -\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefirst}[1]{\textsc{#1}} -\renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{\textsc{#1}} -\end{latexcode} - -\boolitem[false]{scauthorsbib} - Come la precedente, ma solo per la bibliografia. - -\boolitem[false]{scauthorscite} - Come la precedente, ma solo per le citazioni. - -% PUBLOCFORMAT - -\optitem[publocyear]{publocformat}{\opt{publocyear}, \opt{locpubyear}, \opt{loccolonpub}} - Questa opzione mette a disposizione tre stili per comporre il blocco - ``casa editrice/luogo/anno'' ed è attiva anche per i campi \bibfield{orig-}. - \begin{valuelist}[labelwidth={a}] - \item[publocyear] - \begin{bibexample} - Oxford University Press, Oxford 2007 - \end{bibexample} - \item[locpubyear] - \begin{bibexample} - Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2007 - \end{bibexample} - \item[loccolonpub] - \begin{bibexample} - Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007 - \end{bibexample} - \end{valuelist} - -%VOLNUMFORMAT - -\optitem[plain]{volnumformat}{\opt{strings}, \opt{parens}, \opt{plain}} - Questa opzione mette a disposizione tre stili per comporre il blocco - ``volume/numero'' nelle voci \bibtype{article}. - \begin{valuelist}[labelwidth={a}] - \item[plain] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Journal Title}, 5, 8, \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \item[strings] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Journal Title}, vol.~5, n.~8, \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \item[parens] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Journal Title} (5, 8), \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \end{valuelist} - Queste opzioni possono essere combinate con l'opzione - \opt{volumeformat}. Inoltre, ridefinendo opportunamente il comando - \cmd{volnumpunct} (sezione \ref{sec:commands-general}) si possono ottenere - altre combinazioni: - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title}, 5/8, \ldots \\ - \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title}, \textsc{V}/8, \ldots \\ - \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title} (5/8), \ldots \\ - \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title} (\textsc{V}/8), \ldots - \end{bibexample} - -% VOLUMEFORMAT - -\optitem[arabic]{volumeformat}{\opt{roman}, \opt{romanupp}, \opt{romansc}, \opt{arabic}} - Questa opzione mette a disposizione quattro stili per comporre - il numero del volume: - \begin{valuelist} - \item[arabic] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. 5, \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \item[roman] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. iv, \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \item[romansc] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. \textsc{xi}, \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \item[romanupp] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. X, \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \end{valuelist} - - Poiché agisce sul campo \bibfield{volume} per tutti i tipi di voce, se si vuole - ripristinare il formato di default per le voci diverse da \bibtype{article} - serve il codice: -\begin{latexcode} -\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{\bibstring{volume}~#1} -\end{latexcode} - -% EDITIONFORMAT - -\optitem[arabic]{editionformat}{\opt{roman}, \opt{romanupp}, \opt{romansc}, \opt{arabic}} - Questa opzione mette a disposizione quattro stili per comporre - il numero dell'edizione: - \begin{valuelist} - \item[arabic] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Book Title}, 5\textsuperscript{a} ed., \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \item[roman] - \begin{bibexample}\ldots \emph{Book Title}, iii ed., \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \item[romansc] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Book Title}, \textsc{xi} ed., \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \item[romanupp] - \begin{bibexample} - \ldots \emph{Book Title}, X ed., \ldots - \end{bibexample} - \end{valuelist} - -% INBEFOREJOURNAL - -\boolitem[false]{inbeforejournal} -Stampa la stringa ``in'' prima del nome della rivista nelle voci \bibtype{article}. - -% ANNOTATION - -\boolitem[false]{annotation} - Mostra il contenuto del campo \bibfield{annotation} solo - nella bibliografia (vedi sezione \ref{sec:annotation}). - -% LIBRARY - -\boolitem[true]{library} - Mostra il contenuto del campo \bibfield{library} sia nella bibliografia - sia nelle citationi (vedi sezione \ref{sec:annotation}). - -%******************************************************************* -\subsubsection{Opzioni per gli stili \sty{philosophy-classic} e - \sty{philosophy-modern}}\label{sec:options-classic-modern} -%******************************************************************* - -% SQUARE - -\boolitem[false]{square} - -Con quest'opzione vengono usate le parentesi quadre al posto delle parentesi tonde nelle citazioni e nell'etichetta dell'anno in bibliografia: -\begin{bibexample} -Poincaré, Jules-Henri \evidenzia{[1968]}, \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Flammarion, Paris. -\end{bibexample} - -% YEARLEFT - -\boolitem[false]{yearleft} - -Questa opzione (deprecata), disponibile solo per lo stile \sty{modern}, allinea al margine sinistro l'etichetta dell'anno in bibliografia. - -% RESTORECLASSIC - -\boolitem[true]{restoreclassic} -Quest'opzione, definita solo per lo stile \sty{modern}, può essere passata al comando \cmd{printbibliography} per ottenere una bibliografia con lo stile \sty{classic} all'interno di un documento che usa lo stile \sty{modern}. La \emph{Sitografia} riportata alla fine di questa guida ne è un esempio. - -%%******************************************************************* -\subsubsection{Opzioni per lo stile \sty{philosophy-verbose}}\label{sec:options-verbose} -%%******************************************************************* - -% LATINEMPH - -\boolitem[false]{latinemph} -Stampa le \emph{latinitates} ``{ivi}'' e ``{ibidem}'' in corsivo. - -% COMMACIT - -\boolitem[false]{commacit} -Aggiunge una virgola tra il titolo abbreviato e l'espressione ``cit.'' - \begin{bibexample} - Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo}, cit. - \end{bibexample} -\end{optionlist} - - -%%******************************************************************* -% -\section{Comandi e lunghezze} -% -%%******************************************************************* - -%%******************************************************************* -\subsection{Generali}\label{sec:commands-general} -%%******************************************************************* - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -% ANNOTATIONFONT - -\cmditem{annotationfont}{code}\hfill default: \cmd{footnotesize} - -Il font del campo \bibfield{annotation}. Può essere ridefinito, per esempio, con: -\begin{latexcode} -\renewcommand{\annotationfont}{\normalsize\sffamily} -\end{latexcode} - -% LIBRARYFONT - -\cmditem{libraryfont}{code}\hfill default: \cmd{normalfont} - -Il font del campo \bibfield{library}. Può essere ridefinito, per esempio, con: -\begin{latexcode} -\renewcommand{\libraryfont}{\sffamily} -\end{latexcode} - -% VOLNUMPUNCT - -\cmditem{volnumpunct}{code}\hfill default: \cmd{addcomma}\cmd{space} - -Il separatore tra il volume e il numero nelle voci \bibtype{article}. Può essere ridefinito, per esempio, con: -\begin{latexcode} -\renewcommand*{\volnumpunct}{/} -\end{latexcode} - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -%%******************************************************************* -\subsection{Stile \sty{philosophy-modern}} -%%******************************************************************* - -Lo stile \sty{modern} definisce le seguenti nuove lunghezze: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -% POSTNAMESEP - - \lenitem{postnamesep} - - Lo spazio tra l'autore e la prima voce bibliografica relativa. - -% YEARTITLE - - \lenitem{yeartitle} - Lo spazio tra l'anno e il titolo. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -Vengono inoltre usate alcune lunghezze standard di \sty{biblatex}: -\begin{ltxsyntax} - \lenitem{bibnamesep} Lo spazio verticale che separa i blocchi relativi a due autori diversi. - \lenitem{bibitemsep} Lo spazio verticale che separa le singole voci bibliografiche. - \lenitem{bibhang} Il rientro riservato all'anno. -\end{ltxsyntax} - -Le definizioni di default sono le seguenti: -\begin{latexcode} -\setlength{\yeartitle}{0.8em} -\setlength{\postnamesep}{0.5ex plus 2pt minus 1pt} -\setlength{\bibitemsep}{\postnamesep} -\setlength{\bibnamesep}{1.5ex plus 2pt minus 1pt} -\setlength{\bibhang}{4\parindent} -\end{latexcode} - -%%******************************************************************* -\subsection{Comandi per citazioni}\label{sec:commands:citations} -%%******************************************************************* - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -% SDCITE - -\cmditem{sdcite}{key} \hfill !EXPERIMENTAL! - -Questo comando è disponibile solo con gli stili \sty{classic} e \sty{modern} e produce un'etichetta in stile autore-titolo invece che autore-anno. È utile nel caso di opere senza data o classici del pensiero (vedi sez.~\ref{sec:senzadata}). - -% FOOTCITET - -\cmditem{footcitet}{key} \hfill !EXPERIMENTAL! - -Analogo a \cmd{footcite}, ma con lo stile di \cmd{textcite}, come in questa\footcitet[12-13]{Corrocher:2009} e quest'altra\footcitet{Corrocher:2009} nota. È disponibile solo con gli stili \sty{classic} e \sty{modern}. -\end{ltxsyntax} - - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -% CCITE - -\cmditem{ccite}{key}\hfill !EXPERIMENTAL! - -Questo comando è analogo a \cmd{cite}, ma omette il nome dell'autore (curatore). È definito solo per lo stile \sty{verbose}. - -Il codice seguente: -\begin{latexcode} -L'argomento viene sviluppato in \cite{Rossi:2007} e nel successivo -\ccite{Rossi:2008}. -\end{latexcode} -dà questo risultato: -\begin{bibexample} -L'argomento è stato sviluppato da P. Rossi, \emph{Storia dei tipi}, La TeXnica, Verona 2007 e nel successivo \emph{Tipi della storia}, Typographica, Milano 2008. -\end{bibexample} - -\end{ltxsyntax} - - -%******************************************************************* -% -\section{Classici e opere senza data}\label{sec:senzadata} -% -%******************************************************************* - - -Molti considerano gli stili autore-anno inadatti a citare classici del pensiero e opere antiche ovvero prive di data di pubblicazione. Chi fosse di questo parere può usare lo stile \sty{verbose}, che è stato creato a tale scopo. Chi invece non vuole rinunciare all'efficacia degli stili \sty{classic} o \sty{modern}, ma non riesce ad accettare un riferimento come \textcite{nietzsche:historie}, può valutare la possibilità di usare un'abbreviazione o una sigla, da inserire nell'apposito campo \bibfield{shorthand}: -\begin{bibexample} -La prima citazione in testo: \textcite{kant:kpv}. Citiamo ancora \textcite[135]{kant:kpv} e \textcite{kant:ku}.\footcite[E ora la terza citazione in nota:][]{kant:kpv} -\end{bibexample} -Come si vede, a partire dalla seconda occorrenza viene usata l'abbreviazione richiamata nella prima occorrenza con un testo introduttivo. Attraverso l'opzione \opt{shorthandintro=false} è possibile impostare lo stile in modo che usi sempre l'abbreviazione (se disponibile). In questo modo non apparirà nessun riferimento ``fuorviante''. - -Un'alternativa alle abbreviazioni è rappresentata dal nuovo comando \cmd{sdcite}, che permette di citare un'opera indicandone autore e titolo (adottando localmente un diverso schema di citazione). Ciò comporta sicuramente un'incongruenza, perché nella bibliografia tale voce sarebbe riportata comunque seguendo lo schema autore-anno, ma è un'incongruenza per la quale molti sarebbero disposti a chiudere un occhio. Con questa soluzione si potrà rimandare a ``Kant, \emph{Critica della ragion pura}'', con il comando: -\begin{latexcode} - \sdcite{kant:krv}. -\end{latexcode} - -In alcuni casi è possibile inserire nel campo \bibfield{year} l'espressione ``s.d.'' (senza data), o espressioni analoghe \parencite[vedi][]{guzman:sd}.\footnote{Soluzione adottata da \textcite[394]{eco:2004}.} Se però i testi senza data relativi a uno stesso autore sono molti, per evitare successioni troppo lunghe di ``s.d.a'', ``s.d.b'', ``s.d.c'', ecc., sarà opportuno indirizzarsi verso la soluzione delle sigle indicata sopra. - -È infine il caso di ricordare che \sty{biblatex} mette a disposizione molti campi, come \bibfield{note}, \bibfield{addendum}, \bibfield{titleaddon}, nei quali si possono inserire altre informazioni utili per identificare un'opera citata. Se questi non dovessero bastare è sempre possibile utilizzare il campo \bibfield{library} (sezione \ref{sec:annotation}). - - -%********************************************************************* -% -\section{Voci \bibtype{incollection} e \bibtype{inbook}}\label{sec:incoll} -% -%********************************************************************* - - -I tipi di voce messi a disposizione da \sty{biblatex} per citare parti di volumi sono i seguenti: -\begin{typelist} -\typeitem{incollection} Contributo su una \bibtype{collection} che forma un'unità autonoma con autore e titolo distinti. -\typeitem{suppcollection} Materiale supplementare in una \bibtype{collection}, come prefazioni, introduzioni, ecc. Negli stili \sty{philosophy} è un alias di \bibtype{incollection}. -\typeitem{inbook} Parte di un \bibtype{book} che forma un'unità indipendente e con un titolo proprio. Per esempio, un saggio pubblicato in un'edizione critica. Il titolo viene stampato in tondo e tra virgolette. -\typeitem{bookinbook} Simile a \bibtype{inbook}, ma pensato per opere pubblicate originariamente come libri. Per esempio, un libro contenuto in un'edizione critica. Il titolo viene stampato in corsivo. -\typeitem{suppbook} Materiale supplementare in un \bibtype{book}. -Mentre \bibtype{inbook} è dedicato a parti di libro con un titolo autonomo (per esempio un saggio in una raccolta di saggi di uno stesso autore), questo tipo di voce è pensato per elementi quali: prefazione, introduzione, postfazione, ecc. Negli stili \sty{philosophy} questo tipo di voce è un alias di \bibtype{inbook}. -\end{typelist} - -Supponiamo ora di dover citare una o più voci \bibtype{incollection} contenute in una stessa \bibtype{collection}. (Lo stesso discorso vale per gli altri tipi appena descritti). Si possono presentare due casi distinti: -\begin{enumerate} -\item Viene citata un'unica \bibtype{incollection}; -\item Vengono citate due o più \bibtype{incollection}. -\end{enumerate} - -Gli stili \sty{classic} e \sty{modern} funzionano in maniera leggermente diversa diverso dallo stile \sty{verbose}. Vediamone le differenze. - -%******************************************************************* -\subsection*{\sty{philosophy-classic} e \sty{philosophy-modern}} -%******************************************************************* - -Se si cita un solo contributo appartenente a una \bibtype{collection}, i dati relativi a quest'ultima vengono riportati all'interno della stessa \bibtype{incollection} e nella bibliografia finale comparirà solo quest'ultima: - \begin{bibexample} -Rossitto, Cristina (1977), «Opposizione e non contraddizione nella \emph{Metafisica} di Aristotele», in \emph{La contraddizione}, a cura di Enrico Berti, Città Nuova, Roma, p. 43-69.\\[1ex] -Termini, Settimo (2007), «Vita morte e miracoli di Alan Mathison Turing», in \emph{Vite matematiche. Protagonisti del ’900 da Hilbert a Wiles}, a cura di Claudio Bartocci, Renato Betti, Angelo Guerraggio e Roberto Lucchetti, Springer-Verlag Italia, Milano. - \end{bibexample} -Se invece vengono citati due o più voci \bibtype{incollection} appartenenti a una stessa \bibtype{collection}, all'interno della voce \bibtype{incollection} apparirà il riferimento alla \bibtype{collection} di appartenenza, che verrà riportata come voce autonoma nella bibliografia (anche qualora non fosse stata citata direttamente): - \begin{bibexample} -Corrocher, Roberto (2009), «Riflessioni sull’uomo di fronte a nuove sfide», in Giaretta \emph{et al.} (2009), p. 27-42.\\[1ex] -Federspil, Giovanni e Roberto Vettor (2009), «Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?», in Giaretta \emph{et al.} (2009), p. 43-74.\\[1ex] -Giaretta, Pierdaniele, Antonio Moretto, Gian Franco Gensini e Marco Trabucchi (a cura di) (2009), \emph{Filosofia delle medicina. Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori}, il Mulino, Bologna. - \end{bibexample} - -%******************************************************************* -\subsection*{\sty{philosophy-verbose}} -%******************************************************************* - -Con lo stile \sty{verbose}, nel caso in cui si citi un solo contributo appartenente a una data \bibtype{collection} il meccanismo è lo stesso di quello appena descritto. Se vengono citati due o più contributi, la \bibtype{collection} viene riportata per esteso solo nella prima occorrenza e troncata nelle successive: -\begin{bibexample} -Corrocher, Roberto, «Riflessioni sull’uomo di fronte a nuove sfide», in \evidenzia{\emph{Filosofia delle medicina. Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori}, a cura di Pierdaniele Giaretta \emph{et al.}, il Mulino, Bologna 2009}, p. 27-42.\\[1ex] -Federspil, Giovanni e Roberto Vettor, «Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?», in \evidenzia{\emph{Filosofia delle medicina} cit.}, p. 43-74. -\end{bibexample} - -Nella bibliografia finale la \bibtype{collection} apparirà come voce autonoma, ma non avrà mai abbreviazioni (ad eccezione della lista dei curatori) all'interno delle \bibtype{incollection} che vi si riferiscono. Se si vuole evitare che la \bibtype{collection} appaia in bibliografia si usi l'opzione \opt{skipbib} nel campo \bibfield{options}: -\begin{bibexample} -\item -{\Large Bibliografia\par\nobreak\vskip4ex} - -\noindent Corrocher, Roberto, «Riflessioni sull’uomo di fronte a nuove sfide», in \emph{Filosofia delle medicina. Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori}, a cura di Pierdaniele Giaretta \emph{et al.}, il Mulino, Bologna 2009, p. 27-42.\\[1ex] -Federspil, Giovanni e Roberto Vettor, «Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?», in \emph{Filosofia delle medicina. Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori}, a cura di Pierdaniele Giaretta \emph{et al.}, il Mulino, Bologna 2009, p. 43-74.\\[1ex] -Giaretta, Pierdaniele, Antonio Moretto, Gian Franco Gensini e Marco Trabucchi (a cura di) (2009), \emph{Filosofia delle medicina. Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori}, il Mulino, Bologna. -\end{bibexample} - - -%******************************************************************* -% -\section{Impostazioni per le altre lingue}\label{sec:lingue} -% -%******************************************************************* - - -Gli stili \sty{philosophy} vengono forniti con il supporto linguistico per la lingua inglese e italiana. Per l'uso degli stili con lingue differenti saranno necessarie alcune righe di codice da aggiungere nel preambolo. -Si può prendere ad esempio il codice che sarebbe necessario per la lingua inglese (se non fosse già supportata): -\begin{latexcode} -\NewBibliographyString{transtolang,origed,cited,reviewof,nodate} -\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{% - inherit = {english}, - nodate = {n\adddot d\adddot}, - cited = {cit\adddot}, - ibidem = {ivi}, - loccit = {ibidem}, - origed = {orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}, - transtolang = {trans\adddot}, - editor = {\mkpureparens{ed\adddot}}, - editors = {\mkpureparens{eds\adddot}}, - andothers = {\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - backrefpage = {cited on p\adddot}, - backrefpages = {cited on pp\adddot} -} -\end{latexcode} - -Come anticipato, gli stili impostano la virgola come separatore tra le unità della voce bibliografica, mentre secondo altre tradizioni (quella anglosassone, per esempio) si usa il punto fermo. Se si preferisce questa soluzione si usi il codice seguente: -\begin{latexcode} -\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addperiod\space} -\end{latexcode} - - - -%******************************************************************* -% -\section{Conclusione} -% -%******************************************************************* - - -Arrivati a questo punto credo risulti abbastanza chiara la difficoltà nella gestione della bibliografia con \LaTeX. A mio avviso questa difficoltà non è però imputabile al programma, bensì ad alcune cattive abitudini o ad alcune nostre discutibili esigenze. -Lo scopo di una bibliografia è fornire al lettore tutte le indicazioni necessarie per individuare con certezza e in maniera inequivocabile le fonti che vengono citate o i testi a cui si rimanda. Quando si riesce ad ottenere questo risultato si è già a metà dell'opera. Rimangono solo le questioni stilistiche per le quali vale il detto: \emph{quot capita tot sententiae}. Mi pare infine che anche la tanto annosa quanto seria questione che sorge ``quando si hanno opere la cui edizione originale non coincide con l'edizione consultata'' sia risolta, purché si adotti il criterio, lodevole sul piano del rigore, di indicare sempre almeno il titolo e l'anno dell'edizione originale. - - -%******************************************************************* -% -% Esempi -% -%******************************************************************* - -\section{Esempi} - -% Sigle -\phantomsection{} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Sigle} -\printshorthands[heading=subbibliography,title=Sigle] - -\defbibnote{esempio}{\small\sffamily Questa bibliografia contiene gli esempi, più o meno fittizi, citati in questo articolo, esclusi i testi contenuti nei riferimenti - bibliografici. Si veda il file \sty{biblatex-philosophy.bib}.} -\defbibnote{sitografia}{\small\sffamily Lo stile \sty{modern} non è adatto a - comporre elenchi di siti web e altre fonti non tradizionali. Questa sitografia in - stile \sty{classic} è ottenuta grazie all'opzione \opt{restoreclassic}.} - -\phantomsection{} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Esempi} -% Bibliografia esemplificativa -\phantomsection{} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Bibliografia esemplificativa} -\printbibliography[prenote=esempio,heading=subbibliography,title=Bibliografia esemplificativa,keyword=esempio] -% Sitografia - -\phantomsection{} -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Sitografia} -\printbibliography[prenote=sitografia,restoreclassic,heading=subbibliography,title=Sitografia,category=web] - -%******************************************************************* -% -\section{Changes} -% -%******************************************************************* - -\begin{changelog} - -\begin{release}{0.8b}{2012/05/06} -\item Maintenance release, no changes. -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{0.8a}{2012/04/21} -\item Added entry option \opt{origed} \see{sec:options} -\item Added package option \opt{restoreclassic} \see{sec:options-classic-modern} -\item Changed option \opt{volnumformat} \see{sec:options} -\item Changed \opt{origfieldstype} \see{sec:options} -\item Inverted \bibfield{usera} and \bibfield{origtitle} roles \see{sec:options} -\item Renamed \opt{origfieldstype} to \opt{origfields} \see{sec:options} -\item Removed field \bibfield{userd} \see{sec:options} -\item Updated documentation -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{0.7c}{2011/05/16} -\item Fixed some bugs -\item New option \opt{origfieldstype}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added bibliography string \opt{nodate} (for italian only) -\item Updated documentation -\end{release} - - -\begin{release}{0.7b}{2010-04-23} -\item Removed package option \opt{romanvol}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added package option \opt{volumeformat}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added package option \opt{editionformat}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Activated the option \opt{singletitle} for style \sty{philosophy-verbose}\see{sec:introduction} -\item Added bibliography string \opt{cit} -\item Updated documentation -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{0.7a}{2010-04-03} -\item Added command \opt{volumfont}\see{sec:commands-general} -\item Added command \opt{footcitet}\see{sec:commands:citations} -\item Updated documentation -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{0.7}{2010-03-30} -\item Removed package option \opt{colonloc} -\item Removed package option \opt{origparens} -\item Removed package option \opt{origbrackets} -\item Added package option \opt{origfieldsformat}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added package option \opt{publocformat}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added package option \opt{commacit}\see{sec:options-verbose} -\item Added package option \opt{inbeforejournal}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added package option \opt{romanvol}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added package option \opt{volnumformat}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added command \opt{volnumpunct}\see{sec:commands-general} -\item Added citation command \cmd{sdcite}\see{sec:commands:citations} -\item Added citation command \cmd{ccite}\see{sec:commands:citations} -\item Updated documentation -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{0.6}{2010-03-07} -\item Added localization file \texttt{italian-philosophy.lbx} -\item Added file \texttt{philosophy-standard.bbx} -\item New documentation file \texttt{biblatex-philosophy} -\item Removed file \texttt{philosophy-authoryear-doc.tex} -\item Removed file \texttt{philosophy-verbose-doc.tex} -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{0.5}{} -\item Added new bibliography style \texttt{philosophy-verbose} -\item Added localization file \texttt{italian-philosophy.lbx} -\item Added package option \opt{origparens}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added package option \opt{origbrackets}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Added package option \opt{latinemph}\see{sec:options-verbose} -\item Changed package option \opt{scauthors}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Changed package option \opt{scauthorscite}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Changed package option \opt{scauthorsbib}\see{sec:options-general} -\item Renamed file \texttt{biblatex-philosophy-doc.tex} to \texttt{philosophy-authoryear-doc.tex} -\item Added file \texttt{philosophy-verbose-doc.tex} -\item Updated documentation -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{0.4}{} -\item Improved compatibility for \sty{biblatex}, version 0.9 -\end{release} - -\end{changelog} - -%******************************************************************* -% -% Bibligrafia -% -%******************************************************************* - -\phantomsection{} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname} -\printbibliography[keyword=primaria] - -\nocite{Rossitto:1977,Termini:2007,comenio:oo,gregorio:appunti,Poincare:1968,Bringhurst:1992,Mach:1883,Moore:1903,heidegger:sz,Lobacevskij:1994} -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-examples.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-examples.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4ac521ff56a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-examples.bib @@ -0,0 +1,769 @@ +%% This BibTeX bibliography file was created using BibDesk. +%% http://bibdesk.sourceforge.net/ + + +%% Created for Ivan Valbusa at 2013-03-15 19:27:38 +0100 + + +%% Saved with string encoding Unicode (UTF-8) + + + +@book{aristotle:physics, + Annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with a \texttt{translator} field}, + Author = {Aristotle}, + Booktitle = {Physics}, + Date = {1929}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-15 14:22:45 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 15:26:26 +0100}, + Entrysubtype = {classical}, + Hyphenation = {american}, + Keywords = {primary,esempio}, + Location = {New York}, + Publisher = {G. P. Putnam}, + Shorttitle = {Physics}, + Title = {Physics}, + Translator = {Wicksteed, P. H. and Cornford, F. M.}} + +@book{Lobacevskij:1994, + Author = {Nikolaj Ivanovi\v{c} Loba\v{c}evskij}, + Booktitle = {Nuovi principi della geometria}, + Date = {1994}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-14 12:51:03 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:42:38 +0100}, + Editor = {Lucio Lombarto Radice}, + Foreword = {Evandro Agazzi}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Torino}, + Options = {origed}, + Origdate = {1835}, + Publisher = {Bollati Boringhieri}, + Subtitle = {Con una teoria completa delle parallele}, + Title = {Nuovi principi della geometria}, + Annote = {An entry typeset using the depreciated \texttt{orig-} fields mechanism}} + +@mvbook{knuth:ct, + Annotation = {A five-volume book cited as a whole. This is a \texttt{book} entry, note the \texttt{volumes} field}, + Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, + Date = {1984/1986}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {american}, + Indexsorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting}, + Location = {Reading, Mass.}, + Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting}, + Sortyear = {1984-0}, + Title = {Computers \& Typesetting}, + Volumes = {5}} + +@bookinbook{knuth:ct:a, + Annotation = {The first volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this volume to be listed after the entry referring to the entire five-volume set. Also note the \texttt{indextitle} and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields. Indexing packages that don't generate robust index entries require some control sequences to be protected from expansion}, + Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, + Date = {1984}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {american}, + Indexsorttitle = {The TeXbook}, + Indextitle = {\protect\TeX book, The}, + Location = {Reading, Mass.}, + Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, + Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + Shorttitle = {\TeX book}, + Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting A}, + Sortyear = {1984-1}, + Title = {The \TeX book}, + Volume = {A}} + +@bookinbook{knuth:ct:b, + Annotation = {The second volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields. Also note the \texttt{indexsorttitle} field}, + Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, + Date = {1986}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {american}, + Indexsorttitle = {TeX: The Program}, + Location = {Reading, Mass.}, + Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, + Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + Shorttitle = {\TeX}, + Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting B}, + Sortyear = {1986-1}, + Title = {\TeX: The Program}, + Volume = {B}} + +@bookinbook{knuth:ct:c, + Annotation = {The third volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} field}, + Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, + Date = {1986}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {american}, + Indextitle = {METAFONTbook, The}, + Location = {Reading, Mass.}, + Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, + Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + Shorttitle = {METAFONTbook}, + Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting C}, + Sortyear = {1986-2}, + Title = {The METAFONTbook}, + Volume = {C}} + +@bookinbook{knuth:ct:d, + Annotation = {The fourth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields}, + Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, + Date = {1986}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {american}, + Location = {Reading, Mass.}, + Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, + Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + Shorttitle = {METAFONT}, + Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting D}, + Sortyear = {1986-3}, + Title = {METAFONT: The Program}, + Volume = {D}} + +@bookinbook{knuth:ct:e, + Annotation = {The fifth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields}, + Author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, + Date = {1986}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {american}, + Location = {Reading, Mass.}, + Maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, + Publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + Sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting E}, + Sortyear = {1986-4}, + Title = {Computer Modern Typefaces}, + Volume = {E}} + +@online{wassenhoven:dw, + Author = {Dominik Waßenhoven}, + Date = {2011}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-13 21:58:04 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 22:05:36 +0100}, + Keywords = {primaria}, + Title = {\texttt{biblatex-dw}}, + Url = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-dw}, + Version = {1.4}, + Annote = {A small collection of styles for the biblatex pack- age. It was designed for citations in the Humanities and offers some features that are not provided by the standard biblatex styles.}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-dw}} + +@book{popper-logik:ing, + Author = {Karl R. Popper}, + Booktitle = {The Logic of Scientific Discovery}, + Date = {1959}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-01 17:55:40 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:48:11 +0100}, + Edition = {3}, + Keywords = {primaria,popper}, + Location = {London}, + Owner = {Alex Arcozzi}, + Publisher = {Hutchinson}, + Related = {popper-logik:ita}, + Timestamp = {2012.04.25}, + Title = {The Logic of Scientific Discovery}} + +@book{popper-logik:ita, + Author = {Karl R. Popper}, + Date = {1998}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-01 17:50:46 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:48:21 +0100}, + Edition = {3}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {primaria,popper}, + Location = {Torino}, + Owner = {Alex Arcozzi}, + Publisher = {Einaudi}, + Timestamp = {2012.04.25}, + Title = {Logica della scoperta scientifica}} + +@book{popper-logik, + Author = {Karl R. Popper}, + Booktitle = {Logik der Forschung}, + Date = {1934}, + Date-Added = {2013-03-01 17:50:26 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:46:51 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Wien}, + Owner = {Alex Arcozzi}, + Publisher = {Springer}, + Related = {popper-logik:ing}, + Relatedstring = {trad. ingl.}, + Timestamp = {2012.04.25}, + Title = {Logik der Forschung}, + Annote = {A book entry followed by two differents translations, cross-referenced in the \texttt{related} (biber 1.6 required)}} + +@bookinbook{kant:ku:xref, + Author = {Kant, Immanuel}, + Date = {1968}, + Date-Added = {2013-02-28 09:42:34 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 19:27:38 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {german}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Pages = {165-485}, + Title = {Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, + Volume = {5}, + Xref = {kant:werke}} + +@bookinbook{kant:kpv, + Annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique of Practical Reason} only, not to the entire fifth volume. Note the \texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields in the database file. By default, the \texttt{bookauthor} is omitted if the values of the \texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields are identical}, + Author = {Kant, Immanuel}, + Bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel}, + Booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, + Date = {1968}, + Date-Added = {2013-02-28 09:42:31 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 22:56:41 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {german}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Berlin}, + Maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, + Pages = {1--163}, + Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, + Shorthand = {KpV}, + Shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, + Title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, + Volume = {5}} + +@bookinbook{kant:kpv:xref, + Author = {Kant, Immanuel}, + Date = {1968}, + Date-Added = {2013-02-25 22:44:19 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 19:27:33 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Pages = {1-163}, + Shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, + Title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, + Volume = {5}, + Xref = {kant:werke}} + +@bookinbook{kant:ku, + Annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique of Judgment} only, not to the entire fifth volume}, + Author = {Kant, Immanuel}, + Bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel}, + Booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, + Date = {1968}, + Date-Added = {2013-02-25 22:44:19 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 22:57:07 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {german}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Berlin}, + Maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, + Pages = {165--485}, + Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, + Shorthand = {KU}, + Title = {Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, + Volume = {5}} + +@mvbook{descartes:oeuvres, + Author = {René Descartes}, + Date = {1897/}, + Date-Added = {2013-02-25 22:44:19 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:36:58 +0100}, + Editor = {Charles Adam and Paul Tannery}, + Hyphenation = {french}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Paris}, + Title = {Oeuvres complètes}, + Volumes = {13}, + Annote = {A critical multivolume edition}} + +@online{guit:sito, + Date = {2012}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-21 16:52:51 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:40:18 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio, web}, + Title = {GuIT. Gruppo degli Utilizzatori Italiani di \TeX}, + Url = {http://www.guitex.org}, + Urldate = {2012-01-15}, + Annote = {A Web site}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.guitex.org}} + +@book{Bringhurst:1992, + Author = {Robert Bringhurst}, + Booktitle = {The Elements of Typographic Style}, + Date = {1991}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-19 20:54:38 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 23:30:27 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Vancouver, Canada}, + Publisher = {Hartley \& Marks Publisher Inc.}, + Title = {The Elements of Typographic Style}} + +@mvbook{comenio:oo, + Author = {Jan Amos Komensky}, + Booktitle = {Opera Omnia}, + Date = {1969}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-19 20:20:03 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:32:24 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Praga}, + Nameaddon = {Comenio}, + Title = {Opera Omnia}, + Annote = {This author is known with his Latin name, given in the \texttt{nameaddon} field}} + +@online{clawson:mla, + Author = {James Clawson}, + Date = {2010}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-18 11:51:47 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 22:02:08 +0100}, + Keywords = {primaria}, + Subtitle = {MLA Style Using biblatex}, + Title = {\texttt{biblatex-mla}}, + Url = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-mla}, + Version = {0.95}, + Annote = {The biblatex-mla files provide support to biblatex, bibtex, and latex for citations and Works Cited lists in the style established by the Modern Language Association (MLA)}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-mla}} + +@online{glibof:historian, + Author = {Sander Gliboff}, + Date = {2010}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-18 11:49:37 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 23:38:14 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {english}, + Keywords = {primaria}, + Subtitle = {A Footnotes-and-Bibliography Style, Following Turabian/Chicago Guidelines: For Use with the Biblatex System of Programmable Bibliographies and Citations}, + Title = {User's Guide to \texttt{Historian}}, + Url = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-historian}, + Version = {0.4}, + Annote = {Historian follows the conventions of The Chicago Manual of Style, as presented in Turabian’s Manual for Writers}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-historian}} + +@book{eco:2004, + Author = {Umberto Eco}, + Booktitle = {La ricerca della lingua perfetta nella cultura europea}, + Date = {2004}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-17 23:58:31 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2012-04-21 16:58:15 +0200}, + Edition = {4}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {primaria}, + Location = {Roma-Bari}, + Publisher = {Laterza}, + Title = {La ricerca della lingua perfetta nella cultura europea}} + +@book{guzman:sd, + Addendum = {Con los auspicios del Centro internacional de Investigacíones para el Desarrollo de Canada}, + Author = {Guzmán de Rojas, Iván}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-17 23:48:05 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:40:38 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Note = {mimeo}, + Shorttitle = {Problemática}, + Title = {Problemática logico-lingüística de la comunicacíon social con el pueblo Aymara}, + Year = {s.d.}, + Annote = {A work without a pubblication date. The string \texttt{nodate} (localized) is automatically printed}} + +@book{heidegger:sz, + Author = {Martin Heidegger}, + Booktitle = {Sein und Zeit}, + Date = {2001}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-15 18:03:59 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:41:30 +0100}, + Edition = {18}, + Keywords = {esempio,volumesingolo}, + Library = {Apparso originariamente nel 1927 nell'annuario diretto da H. Husserl \emph{Jahrbuch für Philosophie und phänomenologische Forschung (vol. VIII)}}, + Location = {Tübingen}, + Publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag}, + Title = {Sein und Zeit}, + Annote = {Note the \texttt{library} field, use for some details about the first edition}} + +@incollection{berto:sep-impossible-worlds, + Author = {Berto, Francesco}, + Booktitle = {The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, + Date = {2009}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:29:59 +0100}, + Edition = {Fall 2009}, + Editor = {Edward N. Zalta}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Title = {Impossible Worlds}, + Url = {http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2009/entries/impossible-worlds/}, + Annote = {An article published in a online ecnyclopedia.}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2009/entries/impossible-worlds/}} + +@online{ctan, + Date = {2006}, + Date-Added = {2011-06-02 17:33:32 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:35:26 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {american}, + Keywords = {esempio, web}, + Label = {CTAN}, + Subtitle = {The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}, + Title = {CTAN}, + Url = {http://www.ctan.org}, + Urldate = {2006-10-01}, + Annote = {Note the \texttt{urldate} field and the \texttt{label} field, used for the citations.}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.ctan.org}} + +@inbook{Spencer:1891b, + Booktitle = {Scientific, Political, \& Speculative}, + Crossref = {Spencer:1891vol2}, + Pages = {74-144}, + Title = {The Classification of the Sciences}, + Volume = {2}} + +@bookbook{Spencer:1891vol2, + Author = {Herbert Spencer}, + Date = {1891}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Edinburgh}, + Maintitle = {Essays}, + Publisher = {Williams {and} Norgate}, + Title = {Scientific, Political, \& Speculative}, + Volume = {2}} + +@mvbook{Spencer:1891, + Author = {Herbert Spencer}, + Date = {1891}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:53:06 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Edinburgh}, + Publisher = {Williams {and} Norgate}, + Title = {Essays}, + Volumes = {3}, + Annote = {A multivolume work}} + +@book{Frege, + Address = {Hamburg}, + Author = {Frege, Gottlob}, + Date = {1988}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:40:09 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Pagination = {line}, + Publisher = {Meiner}, + Subtitle = {Eine logisch mathematische Untersuchung über den Begriff der Zahl}, + Title = {Die Grundlagen der Arithmetik}, + Annote = {Note the \texttt{pagination} field, used to change the string preceding the \texttt{postnote} argument of the citation commands}} + +@bookinbook{Reale1987, + Address = {Milano}, + Author = {Giovanni Reale}, + Date = {1987}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:48:31 +0100}, + Edition = {5}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Maintitle = {Storia della filosofia antica}, + Pages = {458-493}, + Publisher = {Vita e Pensiero}, + Title = {Dalle origini a Socrate}, + Titleaddon = {Appendice seconda: ``Precisazioni sulle caratteristiche fondamentali del concetto greco di filosofia''}, + Volume = {1}, + Annote = {A book published in a multivolume work. Note the \texttt{titleaddon} field, used for the details about the chapter title}} + +@reference{SEP, + Booktitle = {The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, + Date = {2009}, + Date-Added = {2010-04-12 14:15:35 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2010-04-12 16:35:03 +0200}, + Editor = {Zalta, Edward N.}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Label = {SEP}, + Options = {useeditor=false}, + Sorttitle = {Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, + Title = {The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, + Url = {http://plato.stanford.edu/}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://plato.stanford.edu/}} + +@mvreference{britannica, + Booktitle = {The New Encyclopædia Britannica}, + Date = {2003}, + Date-Added = {2010-03-10 17:46:47 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:31:11 +0100}, + Edition = {15}, + Editor = {Preece, Warren E.}, + Hyphenation = {british}, + Indextitle = {Encyclopædia Britannica, The New}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Label = {EB}, + Location = {Chicago, Ill.}, + Options = {useeditor=false}, + Publisher = {Encyclopædia Britannica}, + Shorttitle = {Encyclopædia Britannica}, + Sorttitle = {Encyclopædia Britannica}, + Title = {The New Encyclopædia Britannica}, + Volumes = {32}, + Annote = {A multivolume encyclopedia. Note the \texttt{useeditor=false} option and \texttt{indextitle} field.}} + +@book{pantieri:artelatex, + Author = {Lorenzo Pantieri and Tommaso Gordini}, + Booktitle = {L'arte di scrivere con \LaTeX}, + Date = {2011}, + Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 22:04:30 +0100}, + Foreword = {Enrico Gregorio}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {primaria}, + Subtitle = {Un'introduzione a \LaTeX}, + Title = {L'arte di scrivere con \LaTeX}, + Url = {http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/LaTeX_files/ArteLaTeX.pdf}, + Annote = {The most popular italian guide to \LaTeX. A little masterpiece of style and typesetting}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/}} + +@article{Moore:1903:ORIGFIELDS, + Author = {George Edward Moore}, + Date = {1903}, + Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:43:29 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {english}, + Journaltitle = {Mind}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Month = {5}, + Number = {12}, + Origdate = {1969}, + Origlocation = {Torino}, + Origpublisher = {UTET}, + Origtitle = {La confutazione dell'idealismo}, + Pages = {433-453}, + Series = {N.S.}, + Title = {The refutation of idealism}, + Usera = {Il Neoempirismo}, + Userb = {a cura di Alberto Pasquinelli}, + Userc = {35-61}, + Annote = {An entry typeset using the depreciated \texttt{orig-} fields mechanism}} + +@incollection{federspil:2009, + Author = {Giovanni Federspil and Roberto Vettor}, + Crossref = {Filmed:2009}, + Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:37:35 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Pages = {43-74}, + Title = {Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?}, + Annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection} has been cited}} + +@bookinbook{descartes:discours, + Author = {René Descartes}, + Date = {1897/1913}, + Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:36:37 +0100}, + Editor = {Charles Adam and Paul Tannery}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Paris}, + Maintitle = {Ouvres de Descartes}, + Pages = {1-78}, + Title = {Discours de la méthode}, + Volume = {6}, + Volumes = {12}, + Annote = {A book published in a multivolume critical edition}} + +@incollection{corrocher:2009, + Author = {Roberto Corrocher}, + Crossref = {Filmed:2009}, + Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:33:22 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Pages = {27-42}, + Read = {0}, + Title = {Riflessioni sull'uomo di fronte a nuove sfide}, + Annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection} has been cited}} + +@book{Poincare:1968-ORIG, + Author = {Jules-Henri Poincaré}, + Booktitle = {La science et l'hypothèse}, + Date = {1968}, + Date-Added = {2010-03-05 16:18:11 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 19:07:49 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Paris}, + Publisher = {Flammarion}, + Related = {Poincare:1968-ITA}, + Title = {La science et l'hypothèse}, + Annote = {A book entry followed by its translation, cross-referenced in the \texttt{related} field}} + +@book{Poincare:1968-ITA, + Author = {Jules-Henri Poincaré}, + Booktitle = {La science et l'hypothèse}, + Date = {2003}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 19:07:03 +0100}, + Editor = {Corrado Sinigaglia}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Milano}, + Note = {testo greco a fronte}, + Publisher = {Bompiani}, + Title = {La scienza e l'ipotesi}} + +@incollection{Degani:2009, + Author = {Marta Degani and Elisabetta Adami and Anna Belladelli}, + Crossref = {Facchinetti:2009}, + Date-Added = {2009-12-15 16:50:20 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2009-12-18 18:10:12 +0100}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Pages = {13-54}, + Title = {The Use of Modal Verbs in Interpersonal Contexts: From Semantics to Pragmatics}} + +@incollection{Facchinetti:2009a, + Author = {Roberta Facchinetti}, + Crossref = {Facchinetti:2009}, + Date-Added = {2009-12-15 16:47:44 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 17:05:04 +0200}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Note = {Note}, + Pages = {35-44}, + Title = {Subjectivity, (non-)subjectivity and intersubjectivity}, + Volume = {3}} + +@collection{Facchinetti:2009, + Booktitle = {Studies on English Modality}, + Date = {2009}, + Date-Added = {2009-12-15 16:13:17 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2012-04-15 17:02:57 +0200}, + Editor = {Anastasios Tsangalidis and Roberta Facchinetti}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Bern}, + Publisher = {Peter Lang}, + Title = {Studies on English Modality}} + +@incollection{Termini:2007, + Author = {Settimo Termini}, + Crossref = {Bartocci:2007}, + Date-Added = {2009-10-22 14:36:21 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:53:58 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Title = {Vita morte e miracoli di Alan Mathison Turing}} + +@online{lehman:biblatex, + Author = {Philipp Lehman}, + Booktitle = {The \textsf{biblatex} package}, + Date = {2011}, + Date-Added = {2009-10-13 18:52:07 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 23:38:26 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {english}, + Keywords = {primaria}, + Subtitle = {Programmable Bibliographies and Citations}, + Title = {The \texttt{biblatex} package}, + Url = {http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/}, + Version = {\\1.7}, + Annote = {This document is a systematic reference manual for the \texttt{biblatex} package. Look at the sample documents which ship with \texttt{biblatex} to get a first impression.}, + Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/}} + +@article{Mori:2008, + Author = {Lapo F. Mori}, + Booktitle = {Gestire la bibliografia con \LaTeX}, + Date = {2008}, + Date-Added = {2009-10-13 13:50:34 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:43:37 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Journaltitle = {ArsTeXnica}, + Keywords = {primaria}, + Month = {10}, + Number = {6}, + Pages = {37-51}, + Title = {Gestire la bibliografia con \LaTeX}, + Annote = {An article entry}} + +@incollection{Rossitto:1977, + Author = {Cristina Rossitto}, + Crossref = {Berti:1977}, + Date-Added = {2009-09-29 11:29:32 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:49:38 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Pages = {43-69}, + Title = {Opposizione e non contraddizione nella \emph{Metafisica} di Aristotele}, + Annote = {Note that the \texttt{@collection} data (inherited from the \texttt{crossref} field) are printed inside the \texttt{@incollection} entry because this is the the only \texttt{@incollection} cited from that \texttt{@collection} +}} + +@incollection{Valbusa:2007, + Author = {Ivan Valbusa}, + Booktitle = {Christian Wolff tra psi\-co\-lo\-gia empirica e psicologia razionale}, + Date = {2007}, + Date-Added = {2009-09-27 23:17:07 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2009-10-13 13:16:37 +0200}, + Editor = {Ferdinando Luigi Marcolungo}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Hildesheim and Zürich and London}, + Publisher = {Georg Olms Verlag}, + Title = {Psicologia e sistema in Alsted e in Wolff}} + +@collection{Pasquinelli:1969, + Booktitle = {Il Neoempirismo}, + Date = {1969}, + Date-Added = {2009-09-27 01:21:58 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:44:07 +0100}, + Editor = {Alberto Pasquinelli}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Torino}, + Publisher = {UTET}, + Title = {Il Neoempirismo}} + +@collection{Berti:1977, + Booktitle = {La contraddizione}, + Date = {1977}, + Date-Added = {2009-09-30 19:34:48 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:29:45 +0100}, + Editor = {Enrico Berti}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Roma}, + Publisher = {Città Nuova}, + Title = {La contraddizione}, + Annote = {A collection with one author}} + +@collection{Bartocci:2007, + Booksubtitle = {Protagonisti del '900 da Hilbert a Wiles}, + Booktitle = {Vite matematiche}, + Date = {2007}, + Date-Added = {2009-10-20 17:17:52 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:29:20 +0100}, + Editor = {Claudio Bartocci and Renato Betti and Angelo Guerraggio and Roberto Lucchetti}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Milano}, + Publisher = {Springer-Verlag Italia}, + Title = {Vite matematiche}, + Annote = {A collection with four authors.}} + +@collection{Filmed:2009, + Booktitle = {Filosofia delle medicina}, + Date = {2009}, + Date-Added = {2009-09-27 23:05:08 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 16:37:44 +0100}, + Editor = {Pierdaniele Giaretta and Antonio Moretto and Gian Franco Gensini and Marco Trabucchi}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Bologna}, + Publisher = {il Mulino}, + Subtitle = {Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori}, + Title = {Filosofia delle medicina}, + Volumes = {2}, + Annote = {A collection with four editors. The list is automatically truncated in the citations +}} + +@collection{mate_einaudi:2007, + Booktitle = {La matematica}, + Date = {2007/2011}, + Date-Added = {2012-04-15 17:10:54 +0200}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-13 23:30:00 +0100}, + Editor = {Claudio Bartocci and Piergiorgio Odifreddi}, + Hyphenation = {italian}, + Keywords = {esempio}, + Location = {Torino}, + Publisher = {Einaudi}, + Title = {La matematica}, + Volumes = {4}} + +@mvbook{kant:werke, + Author = {Kant, Immanuel}, + Booktitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, + Date = {1968}, + Date-Added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100}, + Date-Modified = {2013-03-15 14:01:45 +0100}, + Hyphenation = {german}, + Keywords = {esempio, modern}, + Location = {Berlin}, + Maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, + Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, + Shorthand = {KW}, + Title = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, + Volumes = {9}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-classic.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-classic.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..067f6b2be86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-classic.tex @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} + +\usepackage[style=italian]{csquotes} +\usepackage[% +backend=biber, +style=philosophy-classic, +annotation=true, +hyperref, +backref]{biblatex} +\addbibresource{philosophy-examples.bib}% + +\usepackage{hyperref} + +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} + +\begin{document} +\textbf{N.B.} For other examples see \texttt{biblatex-philosophy.bib} and \texttt{biblatex-examples.bib} files. + +\section{Standard commands} + +\begin{description} +\item[\cmd{cite\{eco:2004\}}] \cite{eco:2004}\\ +\item[\cmd{textcite\{eco:2004\}}] \textcite{eco:2004}\\ +\item[\cmd{parencite\{eco:2004\}}] \parencite{eco:2004}\\ +\item[\cmd{autocite\{eco:2004\}}]\autocite{eco:2004} +\end{description} + +\section{Special commands} + +\subsection{\cmd{sdcite\{key\}}} + +This command is deprecated. Use the \texttt{entrysubtype} mechanism instead: \cite{aristotle:physics} (see documentation for details). + +\begin{description} +\item[\cmd{sdcite\{guzman:sd\}}] \sdcite{guzman:sd} +\end{description} + +\subsection{\cmd{footcitet}} + +Typeset a footnote using the same style of \cmd{textcite}.\footcitet[12-13]{eco:2004} Compare with this one.\footcite[12-13]{eco:2004} + +\section{Some miscellaneous citations} + +\textcite{Mori:2008,comenio:oo,eco:2004,heidegger:sz,pantieri:artelatex,Poincare:1968-ORIG,popper-logik,descartes:discours,kant:kpv:xref,kant:ku:xref,Spencer:1891vol2,guzman:sd,Berti:1977,Spencer:1891b,berto:sep-impossible-worlds,corrocher:2009,federspil:2009,Valbusa:2007,britannica,ctan,guit:sito,SEP} + +\printbibliography + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-modern.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-modern.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cfca99a3e11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-modern.tex @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} + +\usepackage[style=italian]{csquotes} +\usepackage[% +backend=biber, +style=philosophy-modern, +annotation=true, +hyperref, +backref]{biblatex} +\addbibresource{philosophy-examples.bib}% + +\usepackage{hyperref} + +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} + +\begin{document} +\textbf{N.B.} For other examples see \texttt{biblatex-philosophy.bib} and \texttt{biblatex-examples.bib} files. + +\section{Standard commands} + +\begin{description} +\item[\cmd{cite\{eco:2004\}}] \cite{eco:2004}\\ +\item[\cmd{textcite\{eco:2004\}}] \textcite{eco:2004}\\ +\item[\cmd{parencite\{eco:2004\}}] \parencite{eco:2004}\\ +\item[\cmd{autocite\{eco:2004\}}]\autocite{eco:2004} +\end{description} + +\section{Special commands} + +\subsection{\cmd{sdcite\{key\}}} + +This command is deprecated. Use the \texttt{entrysubtype} mechanism instead: \cite{aristotle:physics} (see documentation for details). + +\begin{description} +\item[\cmd{sdcite\{guzman:sd\}}] \sdcite{guzman:sd} +\end{description} + +\subsection{\cmd{footcitet}} + +Typeset a footnote using the same style of \cmd{textcite}.\footcitet[12-13]{eco:2004} Compare with this one.\footcite[12-13]{eco:2004} + +\section{Some miscellaneous citations} + +\textcite{Mori:2008,comenio:oo,eco:2004,heidegger:sz,pantieri:artelatex,Poincare:1968-ORIG,popper-logik,descartes:discours,kant:kpv:xref,kant:ku:xref,Spencer:1891vol2,guzman:sd,Berti:1977,Spencer:1891b,berto:sep-impossible-worlds,corrocher:2009,federspil:2009,Valbusa:2007,britannica,ctan,guit:sito,SEP} + +\printbibliography + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-verbose.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-verbose.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cdff7132223 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/test-verbose.tex @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} + +\usepackage[style=italian]{csquotes} +\usepackage[% +backend=biber, +style=philosophy-verbose, +annotation=true, +hyperref, +backref]{biblatex} +\addbibresource{philosophy-examples.bib}% + +\usepackage{hyperref} + +\begin{document} + +\section{Test file for \texttt{philosophy-verbose}} + +This is the first citation of an entry.\footcite{eco:2004}. This is another citation of the same work, with an explicit page number.\footcite[26]{eco:2004} And now a citation of the same place.\footcite[26]{eco:2004} + +Now we cite another entry for the first time (all data are printed).\footcite{Frege}. Finally we cite the first work, which will be shortened.\footcite[67]{eco:2004} + +\printbibliography + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..578e6680213 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,3580 @@ + % \iffalse meta-comment +%<*internal> +\begingroup +\input docstrip.tex +\keepsilent +\preamble + ______________________________________________________ + The biblatex-philosophy package + Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa + All rights reserved + + License information appended + +\endpreamble +\postamble + + Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa + + This program is provided under the terms of the + LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN + archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. + + Author: Ivan Valbusa + ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it + + This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". + +\endpostamble +\askforoverwritefalse + +\Msg{*** Generating the class file ***} +\generate{ +\file{philosophy-standard.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{standard-bbx}} +\file{philosophy-classic.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{classic-bbx}} +\file{philosophy-modern.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{modern-bbx}} +\file{philosophy-verbose.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{verbose-bbx}} +\file{philosophy-classic.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{classic-cbx}} +\file{philosophy-modern.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{modern-cbx}} +\file{philosophy-verbose.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{verbose-cbx}} +\file{italian-philosophy.lbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{italian-lbx}} +\file{english-philosophy.lbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{english-lbx}} +} + +\Msg{***********************************************************} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} +\Msg{* files into a directory searched by TeX:} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* \space\space philosophy-standard.bbx} +\Msg{* \space\space philosophy-classic.bbx} +\Msg{* \space\space philosophy-modern.bbx} +\Msg{* \space\space philosophy-verbose.bbx} +\Msg{* \space\space philosophy-classic.cbx} +\Msg{* \space\space philosophy-modern.cbx} +\Msg{* \space\space philosophy-verbose.cbx} +\Msg{* \space\space italian-philosophy.lbx} +\Msg{* \space\space english-philosophy.lbx} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run} +\Msg{* the file ending with `.dtx' through (pdf)LaTeX. See the} +\Msg{* README file for more details.} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing} +\Msg{***********************************************************} +\endgroup +%</internal> +% +% Copyright (C) 2009-2012 by Ivan Valbusa +% <ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it> +% ------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\ProvidesFile{biblatex-philosophy.dtx} +%</driver> +%<standard-bbx>\ProvidesFile{philosophy-standard.bbx} +%<classic-bbx>\ProvidesFile{philosophy-classic.bbx} +%<modern-bbx>\ProvidesFile{philosophy-modern.bbx} +%<verbose-bbx>\ProvidesFile{philosophy-verbose.bbx} +%<classic-cbx>\ProvidesFile{philosophy-classic.cbx} +%<modern-cbx>\ProvidesFile{philosophy-modern.cbx} +%<verbose-cbx>\ProvidesFile{philosophy-verbose.cbx} +%<italian-lbx>\ProvidesFile{italian-philosophy.lbx} +%<english-lbx>\ProvidesFile{english-philosophy.lbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] + +%<*driver> +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage[english]{babel} +\let\cs\relax +\let\cmd\relax +\usepackage{ltxdockit} +\usepackage{btxdockit} + +\usepackage{csquotes} +\usepackage[style=philosophy-modern,backend=biber,annotation=true]{biblatex} + \addbibresource{philosophy-examples.bib} + +\usepackage{guit} +\usepackage{fourier} +\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{lmss} + +\usepackage{mdframed} + \newenvironment{bibexample}{% +\begin{mdframed}% + [linewidth=1, + linecolor=black!30, + innertopmargin=.5\baselineskip, + skipbelow=.5\baselineskip]} + {\end{mdframed}} + +\usepackage{hyperref} +\hypersetup{% + pdftitle={User's Guide to \textsf{biblatex philosophy}}, + pdfsubject={Bibliography styles for (Italian) users of biblatex}, + pdfauthor={Ivan Valbusa}, + pdfkeywords={bibliography}, + citecolor=spot} + +\newcommand{\emphasize}[1]{\textcolor{blue!40!black}{#1}} + +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +\RecordChanges + +\begin{document} + \DocInput{biblatex-philosophy.dtx} +\end{document} +% +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{2913} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% \changes{v0.8c}{2013/04/18}{New \bibfield{entrysubtype} field for citing classical texts. New \bibfield{related} field mechanism. New \opt{relatedformat} option. Fixed some bugs} +% +% \GetFileInfo{biblatex-philosophy.dtx} +% +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\def,\begin,\vskip,\ } +% \DoNotIndex{\DeclareOption,\ExecuteOptions,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\@@end,\@empty,\@ifclassloaded,\@nameuse,\@nil} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\\,\`,\addtocounter,\advance,\bfseries} +% \DoNotIndex{\centering,\closeout,\define@key,\documentclass} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\end,\endinput,\endtitlepage,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\extracolsep,\fi,\fill,\fontsize,\g@addto@macro,\toks} +% \DoNotIndex{\hrule,\hspace,\if,\if@twoside,\ifcase,\ifdefined} +% \DoNotIndex{\iffalse,\IfFileExists,\ifnum,\ifx,\immediate,\setcounter} +% \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\let,\long,\MakeUppercase,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcount,\newif,\newpage,\newtoks,\newwrite,\next} +% \DoNotIndex{\noexpand,\nofiles,\normalfont,\normalsize,\null} +% \DoNotIndex{\openout,\or,\styage,\styageError,\styageWarning} +% \DoNotIndex{\styageWarningNoLine,\paperheight,\paperwidth,\par} +% \DoNotIndex{\parbox,\parindent,\relax,\scshape,\selectfont,\setkeys} +% \DoNotIndex{\sffamily,\space,\stretch,\string,\textheight,\textwidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\the,\thispagestyle,\unexpanded,\unless,\unskip,\upshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\usepackage,\vbox,\vfill,\vspace,\write,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\CurrentOption,\AtEndDocument,\@ne,\c@page,\m@ne} +% \DoNotIndex{\@firstofone,\@gobble,\@makeother,\begingroup,\endgroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\eTeXversion,\hbox,\hsize,\includegraphics,\newlinechar} +% \DoNotIndex{\titlepage,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\@gobbletwo,\color,\dimexpr} +% \DoNotIndex{\huge,\large,\makebox,\ProcessOptions,\renewcommand} +% +% +% +% \title{\bfseries User's Guide to \sty{biblatex-philosophy}\\ +% \large\itshape Bibliography styles for (Italian) users of~\sty{biblatex}} +% \author{Ivan Valbusa \\ +% \texttt{ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it}} +% \date{\fileversion{} -- \filedate} +% +% \maketitle +% +% +%\begin{abstract} +% This package provides a small collection of bibliography and citation styles for use with Philipp Lehman’s \sty{biblatex} package. The styles follow the most popular conventions of the Italian publications (but can be used in other languages too) and offer some features to generate detailed bibliographic entries including the translation data of foreign texts, annotations etc. Many options allow you to change the style defaults. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \tableofcontents +% +%\section{Introduction} +% +%\subsection{License} +% +%Copyright \copyright\ 2009-2010 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. +%Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the +%terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c.\footnote{\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.}} This software is provided “as is”, without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. +% +%\subsection{Acknowledgments} +% +%The firs step toward the creation of the \sty{philosophy-modern} style (used for this documentation) was the request of Lorenzo Pantieri in the \GuIT{} Forum: \url{http://www.guit.sssup.it/phpbb/viewtopic.php?t=6472}.\footnote{See the discussion on \url{http://www.guit.sssup.it/phpbb/viewtopic.php?t=6717.}} Now this is the bibliography style of \citetitle{pantieri:artelatex}, the most popular Italian guide to \LaTeX{} \parencite{pantieri:artelatex}. I am very grateful to everybody who took part in the debate. +% +%Many styles available in \TeX Live inspired \sty{biblatex-philosophy}, specifically: \sty{dw} by Dominik \textcite{wassenhoven:dw}, \sty{mla} by James \textcite{clawson:mla} and \sty{historian} by Sander \textcite{glibof:historian}. +% +% +% +%\subsection{Feedback} +% +% +%If you have any questions, feedback or requests please email me. +%My mail address is at the top of this document. If you need specific features not already implemented, remember to attach the example and \file{.bib} files. +% +% +% +% +%\subsection{Syles features}\label{sec:introduction} +% +% +%This package provides two author-year bibliography styles suitable for both text and footnotes citations (\sty{philosophy-classic} e \sty{philosophy-modern}; henceforth \sty{classic} e \sty{modern}) and a verbose style appropriate for bibliographies supplied in the footnotes (\sty{philosophy-verbose}; henceforth \sty{verbose}). +% +%These styles aim to match the needs of the Italian writers, particularly those concerned in the humanities (for example the comma is used to distinguish the units of the entry). Only the English and Italian support is available for now but you can use the styles with all the languages supported by \sty{babel} (or \sty{polyglossia}) adding simple redefinitions in the preamble of your document (section \ref{sec:languages}). +% +% +%\subsubsection{The \sty{philosophy-classic} style} +% +% +%The \sty{classic} style is a standard author-year style that uses commas instead of dots to separate the parts of the entry: +%\begin{bibexample} +%\begin{description} +%\setlength{\itemsep}{-1mm} +%\item[\mdseries Donald E. Knuth] +%(1984–1986), \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, 5 vols., Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass. +%\item[---] +%(1984) \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. A: \emph{The \TeX book}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass. +%\item[---] +%(1986a) \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. B: \emph{\TeX: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, Read- ing, Mass. +% \item[---] +%(1986b) \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. C: \emph{The METAFONTbook}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass. +% \item[---] +%(1986c) \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. D: \emph{METAFONT: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass. +% \item[---] +%(1986d) \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. E: \emph{Computer Modern Typefaces}, Addison- Wesley, Reading, Mass. +%\end{description} +% \end{bibexample} +% +% +%It is associated to a compact citation scheme which allows to cite multiple entries of the same author and/or published in the same year, omitting some redundant informations: +%\begin{bibexample} +%Knuth (1984, 1986a,b,c,d) +%\end{bibexample} +% +% +%\subsubsection{The \sty{philosophy-modern} style} \label{esempio-modern} +% +%The \sty{modern} style uses the \sty{classic} style for the citations but produces a fancy bibliography divided into blocks, which is particularly suited for bibliographies with many entries for the same author: +%\begin{bibexample} +%\begin{list}{}{% +%\setlength{\itemsep}{-1mm} +%\setlength{\labelwidth}{2cm} +%\setlength{\itemindent}{0cm} +%\setlength{\leftmargin}{2.3cm} +%\setlength{\labelsep}{3mm}} +%\item[Donald E. Knuth] +%\item[1984–1986] +% \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, 5 vols., Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass. +%\item[1984] +% \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. A: \emph{The \TeX book}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass. +%\item[1986a] +% \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. B: \emph{\TeX: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, Read- ing, Mass. +% \item[1986b] +% \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. C: \emph{The METAFONTbook}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass. +% \item[1986c] +% \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. D: \emph{METAFONT: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass. +% \item[1986d] +% \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. E: \emph{Computer Modern Typefaces}, Addison- Wesley, Reading, Mass. +%\end{list} +% \end{bibexample} +% +%\subsubsection{The \sty{philosophy-verbose} style}\label{sec:verbose} +% +%This style is aimed for citations given in the footnotes and follows the most popular scheme used in the Italian humanities. +% +%It prints a full citation similar to a bibliography entry when an item is cited for the first time, and a short citation afterwards, using the title (possibly shortened in the \bibfield{shorttitle} field), followed by the string ``cit.''. +%Citing the same entry two times, in the second one the string ``Ivi'' is used; citing the same place of the previous citation you will have ``Ibidem'': +% \begin{bibexample} +% \rule{5cm}{.4pt}\\[1ex] +% \textsuperscript{1} Cfr. Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo}, trad. e +% introd. di Lucia Urbani Ulivi, 1\textsuperscript{a} ed., testo francese a fronte, Bompiani, +% Milano 2002, p. 43.\\ +% \textsuperscript{2} Ivi, p. 26. \\ +% \textsuperscript{3} Ibidem. \\ +% \textsuperscript{4} Settimo Termini, «Vita morte e miracoli di Alan +% Mathison Turing», in \emph{Vite matematiche. Protagonisti del '900 da +% Hilbert a Wiles}, a cura di Claudio Bartocci \emph{et al.}, Springer-Verlag Italia, +% Milano 2007, pp. 59-61.\\ +% \textsuperscript{5} Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo} cit., p. 35. +% \end{bibexample} +% +%When there is only one entry for the same author, with the \opt{singletitle=true} option +%the string ``op. cit.'' is used instead of the (short) title followed by ``cit.'':% +%\begin{bibexample} +% \rule{5cm}{.4pt}\\[1ex] +%\textsuperscript{6} Cartesio, op. cit., p. 35. +%\end{bibexample} +% +%All the scholarly abbreviations (\emph{latinitates}) but ``cit.'' are printed by default in normal font. With the \opt{latinemph} option (section \ref{sec:options-verbose}) you can get them in italic shape. +% +% +%\subsection{Use} +% +% +%To ensure Italian-style quotation marks, you need to call the \sty{babel} and \sty{csquotes} packages in the preamble of your \LaTeX document: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\usepackage[italian]{babel} +%\usepackage[style=italian]{csquotes} +%\usepackage[style=philosophy-<style>,backend=biber]{biblatex} +% \addbibresource{<bibfile>.bib} +%\end{verbatim} +% +%Replace ``<style>'' with \sty{classic}, \sty{modern} or \sty{verbose}, and ``<bibfile>'' with the name of your bibliography file (``.bib'' must be declared). +% +%To uniform the style of quotation marks in multilingual bibliographies typeset using the \opt{babel=other} package option, you can use the following commands: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\DeclareQuoteAlias{italian}{french} +%\DeclareQuoteAlias{italian}{german} +%\DeclareQuoteAlias{italian}{...} +%\end{verbatim} +% +% The philosophy styles require \bin{biber} so remembar to configure your editor properly. If you prefer \bin{bibtex} you have to declare it with the \opt{backend=bibetex} option. +% +% +%\section{Translations and original editions}\label{sec:related} +% +% +% +%The \sty{philosophy} styles use the mechanism provided by the \bibfield{related} field to typeset complex entries comprising both the original publication data and the translation data \parencite[\lefthand][]{Poincare:1968-ORIG}.\footnote{Previous versions of the styles provided a different mechanism to manage translations. This feature is now deprecated and it is still supported only for backward compatibility. See section \ref{sec:origfields} for details.} +% \begin{bibexample} +% Jules-Henri Poincaré (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Flammarion, Paris; trans. as \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, ed. by Corrado Sinigaglia, Bompiani, Milano 2003. +% \end{bibexample} +% +%\begin{verbatim} +%@book{Poincare:1968-ORIG, +% author = {Jules-Henri Poincaré}, +% title = {La science et l'hypothèse}, +% publisher = {Flammarion}, +% location = {Paris}, +% date = {1968}, +% related = {Poincare:1968-ITA}} +% +%@book{Poincare:1968-ITA, +% author = {Jules-Henri Poincaré}, +% editor = {Corrado Sinigaglia}, +% title = {La scienza e l'ipotesi}, +% publisher = {Bompiani}, +% location = {Milano}} +% \end{verbatim} +% +%With Biber 1.6 you can have cascading relations too \parencite[\lefthand][]{popper-logik}.\footnote{Download biber 1.6 for your platform from \url{biber} and drop this over \texttt{/usr/texbin/biber}.} +%\begin{verbatim} +%@Book{key1, +% ... +% related = {key2}, +% ... +%} +%@Book{key2, +% ... +% related = {key3}, +% +%@Book{key3, +% ... +%} +%\end{verbatim} +% +%The related entry is preceded by the \texttt{translationas} string which defaults to ``trad. it.'' for Italian documents and ``trans. as'' for English documents. If you want to change it, use the \bibfield{relatedstring} field. For example: +%\begin{verbatim} +%@book{Poincare:1968-ORIG, +% author = {Jules-Henri Poincaré}, +% ... +% related = {Poincare:1968-ITA}, +% relatedstring = {ed. it.}} +%\end{verbatim} +% +% +% +% +%\section{Annotated bibliographies}\label{sec:annotation} +% +% +%\begin{fieldlist} +% +%\fielditem{library}{literal} +% +%This field is printed at the end of the entry, in a new period. It is aimed for secondary informations such as the location of the texts, historical notes, etc. \parencite[\lefthand][]{heidegger:sz}. +% +%\fielditem{annotation/annote}{literal} +% +%This field is printed in a new paragraph at the very end of the entry. It requires the \opt{annotation} package option. The default font can be changed redefining the \cmd{annotationfont} command (section \ref{sec:commands}). See the examples in the references of this documentation. +%\end{fieldlist} +% +% +% +%\section{Style-specific fields}\label{sec:specific-fields} +% +% +%\begin{fieldlist} +% +%\fielditem{nameaddon}{literal} +% +%An addon to be printed immediately after the author name in the bibliography. +%It is useful for those author known with alias, Latinized names, etc. \parencite[\lefthand][]{comenio:oo}. +% +% \fielditem{entrysubtype}{literal} +% This feature is active only for the \sty{classic} and \sty{modern} styles. +% With the \opt{classical} value the citation commands will produce an +% author-title label. This is useful for citing works from classical antiquity, such as \cite[\lefthand][]{aristotle:physics}: +%\begin{verbatim} +%@book{aristotle:physics, +% entrysubtype = {classical}, +% author = {Aristotle}, +% title = {Physics}, +% ... +% } +%\end{verbatim} +%In the bibliography the entry is printed with the author-year label, but with the \opt{skipbib} option in the \opt{options} field you can exclude it from the bibliography. +% \end{fieldlist} +% +% +% +% +%\section{Package options}\label{sec:options} +% +% +% +% +%\subsection{Global options} +% +%\begin{optionlist} +% +%\optitem[semicolon]{relatedformat}{\opt{semicolon}, \opt{parens}, \opt{brackets}} +%\begin{valuelist} +%\item[semicolon] +%The ``related'' entry data are preceded by a semicolon. +%\item[parens] +%Puts the ``related'' entry data data in parentheses. +%\item[brackets] +%Same as the previous option but with brackets. +%\end{valuelist} +% +%\boolitem[true]{shorthandintro} +% +% \begin{valuelist} +% \item[true] Prints a language-specific expression such as ``hence- forth cited as [<shorthand>]'' to introduce shorthands on the first citation. You can overwrite the default expression using the \bibfield{shorthandintro} field. Note that the alternative expression must include the shorthand. +% \begin{bibexample} +% Kant (1968a [\emphasize{henceforth cited as KpV}]) +% \end{bibexample} +% +% \item[false] Does not print the intro to the shorthand. This option requires a list of shorthands (\cmd{printshorthand} command). +% \end{valuelist} +% +%\boolitem[false]{scauthors} +%Prints the names (author, editor, etc.) at the beginning of the entry in small caps shape, both in citations and in bibliography: +% +%If you want \emph{all} the names (translator, commentator, etc.) in small caps, you have to redefine the \cmd{mkbibname...} commands (see \sty{biblatex} documentation for details). +% +%\boolitem[false]{scauthorsbib} +%Same as the previous, but only for the bibliography. +% +%\boolitem[false]{scauthorscite} +%Same as the previous, but only for the citations. +% +%\optitem[publocyear]{publocformat}{\opt{publocyear}, \opt{locpubyear}, \opt{loccolonpub}} +% This option provides three styles for typesetting the ``publisher/location/date'' block. +% It is active also for the related entry (see above) and for the \bibfield{orig-}fields (see section \ref{sec:origfields}). +% \begin{valuelist}[labelwidth={a}] +% \item[publocyear] Oxford University Press, Oxford 2007 +% +% \item[locpubyear] Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2007 +% +% \item[loccolonpub] Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007 +% \end{valuelist} +% +%\optitem[plain]{volnumformat}{\opt{strings}, \opt{parens}, \opt{default}} +%This option provides three styles for typesetting the ``volume/number'' block in \bibtype{article} entries. +% \begin{valuelist}[labelwidth={a}] +% \item[plain] +% \ldots \emph{Journal Title}, 5, 8, \ldots +% \item[strings] +% \ldots \emph{Journal Title}, vol.~5, n.~8, \ldots +% \item[parens] +% \ldots \emph{Journal Title} (5, 8), \ldots +% \end{valuelist} +%You can combine this option with \opt{volumeformat} options and re-defining the \cmd{volnumpunct} +%command you can get other styles (see section \ref{sec:lengths}): +% \begin{bibexample} +% \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title}, 5/8, \ldots \\ +% \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title}, \textsc{V}/8, \ldots \\ +% \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title} (5/8), \ldots \\ +% \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title} (\textsc{V}/8), \ldots +% \end{bibexample} +% +%\optitem[arabic]{volumeformat}{\opt{roman}, \opt{romanupp}, \opt{romansc}, \opt{arabic}} +%This option provides three styles for typesetting the \bibfield{volume} field: +% \begin{valuelist} +% \item[arabic] +% \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. 5, \ldots +% \item[roman] +% \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. iv, \ldots +% \item[romansc] +% \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. \textsc{xi}, \ldots +% \item[romanupp] +% \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. X, \ldots +% \end{valuelist} +% +%With the command +%\begin{verbatim} +%\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{\bibstring{volume}~#1} +%\end{verbatim} +%you can restore the default format for all but \bibtype{article} entries. +% +%\optitem[arabic]{editionformat}{\opt{roman}, \opt{romanupp}, \opt{romansc}, \opt{arabic}} +%This option provides three styles for typesetting the \bibfield{edition} field: +% \begin{valuelist} +% \item[arabic] +% \ldots \emph{Book Title}, 5\textsuperscript{a} ed., \ldots +% \item[roman] +% \ldots \emph{Book Title}, iii ed., \ldots +% \item[romansc] +% \ldots \emph{Book Title}, \textsc{xi} ed., \ldots +% \item[romanupp] +% \ldots \emph{Book Title}, X ed., \ldots +% \end{valuelist} +% +%\boolitem[false]{inbeforejournal} +%Prints the string ``in'' before the \bibfield{journaltitle} in the \bibtype{article} entries. +% +%\boolitem[false]{annotation} +%Shows the \bibfield{annotation} field, only in the bibliography (see also section \ref{sec:annotation}). +% +%\boolitem[true]{library} +%Shows the \bibfield{library} field, both in the bibliography and in the citations (see also section \ref{sec:annotation}). +% +% +% +% +%\subsection{Style-pecific options} +% +% +% +%\subsubsection{\sty{philosophy-classic} and +% \sty{philosophy-modern}}\label{sec:options-classic-modern} +% +% +% +%\boolitem[false]{square} +%Uses brackets instead of parentheses in the citations and in the author-year label used in the bibliography. +% +%\boolitem[false]{yearleft} +%Prints the date flushed left in the bibliography. +% +%\boolitem[true]{restoreclassic} +%This option can be given as an optional argument of \cmd{printbibliography}: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\printbibliography[restoreclassic] +%\end{verbatim} +%It restores the \sty{classic} style in a document typeset using the \sty{modern} style. It is useful to compose a ``Web List'' like that at the end of this document (active only for the \sty{philosophy-modern}). +% +%\subsubsection{\sty{philosophy-verbose}}\label{sec:options-verbose} +% +%\boolitem[false]{latinemph} +%Prints the \emph{latinitates} ``{ivi}'' and ``{ibidem}'' in italic shape. +% +% +%\boolitem[false]{commacit} +%Adds a comma at the end of the \bibfield{shorttitle} field when this is followed by the string \emph{cit.}: +%``Descartes, \emph{Discours de la méthode}, cit. ''. +%\end{optionlist} +% +% +% +% +% +% +%\section{New commands}\label{sec:commands} +% +% +% +%\begin{ltxsyntax} +% +% +%\cmditem{annotationfont}{code}\hfill default: \cmd{footnotesize} +% +%The font of the \bibfield{annotation} field. It can be redefined with: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\renewcommand*{\annotationfont}{\normalsize\sffamily} +%\end{verbatim} +% +%\cmditem{libraryfont}{code}\hfill default: \cmd{normalfont} +% +%The font of the \bibfield{library} field. It can be redefined with: +% +%\begin{verbatim} +%\renewcommand*{\libraryfont}{\sffamily} +%\end{verbatim} +% +%\cmditem{volnumpunct}{code}\hfill default: \cmd{addcomma}\cmd{space} +% +%The separator between \bibfield{volume} and \bibfield{number} in \bibtype{article} entries. +%It can be redefined with: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\renewcommand*{\volnumpunct}{/} +%\end{verbatim} +% +%\end{ltxsyntax} +% +% +% +% +%\section{New lengths}\label{sec:lengths} +% +% +% +%The new lengths described in this section are defined only for the \sty{modern} style. For the other customizable lengths see the \sty{biblatex} documentation \parencite{lehman:biblatex}. +% +%\begin{ltxsyntax} +% +% \lenitem{postnamesep} +% +% The space between author (or editor) and the first entry relating to him. +% +% \lenitem{yeartitle} +% +% The space between year and title. +%\end{ltxsyntax} +% +%The \sty{modern} style redefines also the following \sty{biblatex} lengths: +%\begin{ltxsyntax} +% \lenitem{bibnamesep} The vertical space between two blocks of authors. +% \lenitem{bibitemsep} The vertical space between the individual entries in the bibliography. +% \lenitem{bibhang} The hanging indentation of the bibliography. +%\end{ltxsyntax} +% +%These are the default values for the lengths used by \sty{modern} style: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\setlength{\yeartitle}{0.8em} +%\setlength{\postnamesep}{0.5ex plus 2pt minus 1pt} +%\setlength{\bibitemsep}{\postnamesep} +%\setlength{\bibnamesep}{1.5ex plus 2pt minus 1pt} +%\setlength{\bibhang}{4\parindent} +%\end{verbatim} +%If you want to change them past these codes in the preamble of your document and modify the values according to your needs. +% +% +% +% +%\section{New citation commands}\label{sec:commands:citations} +% +% +% +%\begin{ltxsyntax} +% +% +%\cmditem{sdcite}{key} +% +%Uses an author-title label instead of an author-year label (defined only for the \sty{classic} and \sty{modern} styles). +%It is useful for some classical or undated works (see section \ref{sec:senzadata}). Writing +% \verb!\sdcite[15]{guzman:sd}! you will obtain: \sdcite{guzman:sd}. +% This command is deprecated. Use the \bibfield{entrysubtype} field instead (see section \ref{sec:specific-fields}). +% +%\cmditem{footcitet}{key} +% +%Same as \cmd{footcite},\footcite[12-13]{corrocher:2009} but with the \cmd{textcite} style.\footcitet[12-13]{corrocher:2009} (defined only for the \sty{classic} and \sty{modern} styles). +% +%\cmditem{ccite}{key} +% +%The same as \cmd{cite}, but omits the author's (editor's) name (defined only for the \sty{verbose} style). Here is an example: +%\begin{verbatim} +%This topic is discussed in \cite{Rossi:2007} and in the recent +%\ccite{Rossi:2008}. +%\end{verbatim} +%\begin{bibexample} +%This topic is discussed in P. Rossi, \emph{History of Types}, La TeXnica, Verona 2007 and in the recent \emph{Types of History}, Typographica, Milano 2008. +%\end{bibexample} +%\end{ltxsyntax} +% +% +% +% +%\section{Classical and undated works}\label{sec:senzadata} +% +% +% +%The treatment of the classical works and other writings with uncertain or omitted date is particularly difficult and inevitably imposes some choices. +% +%If there is a critical edition you should cite it directly, such as \lefthand\textcite{heidegger:sz}. If you do not like this anachronistic label you may use the \bibfield{shorthand} field, such as \lefthand\textcite{kant:kpv}. +% Note that a ``shorthand intro'' is automatically printed when the entry is cited for the first time and omitted afterwards. To turn off this capability load the option \opt{shorthandintro=false}. In this case you will need a list of shorthands (\cmd{printshorthands} command). If you do not like these solutions you can use the \bibfield{entrysubtype} field with \texttt{classical} value (see section \ref{sec:specific-fields}) or the \cmd{sdcite} command (section \ref{sec:commands:citations}). +% +% +% +%\section{Crossreferences}\label{sec:crossref} +% +% +%The \sty{philosophy} styles allow you to manage +%entries referring to other entries through the \bibfield{crossref} fields. This is very useful when you have to cite two or more \bibtype{incollection} of the same \bibtype{collection} \parencite[\lefthand][]{corrocher:2009,federspil:2009}. In this way the \bibtype{collection} is printed in the bibliography and is cross-referenced inside the \bibtype{incollection}, using the corresponding author-year label (the mechanism is the same for \bibtype{inbook} items). +% +% +%When you have to cite only one \bibtype{incollection} of a single \bibtype{collection} you have three choices: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item use the \bibfield{crossref} field \parencite[\lefthand][]{Rossitto:1977,Termini:2007}. In this case all the \bibtype{collection} data are automatically printed inside the \bibtype{incollection} entry; +% \item put the \bibtype{collection} data in the fields of the \bibtype{incollection} entry \parencite[\lefthand][]{Valbusa:2007}. In this case the \bibtype{incollection} is self-contained; +% \item put the \bibtype{collection} data in the fields of the \bibtype{incollection} entry and put the \bibtype{collection} label in the \bibfield{xref} field of the \bibtype{incollection} \parencite[\lefthand][]{kant:kpv:xref,kant:ku:xref}. +% \end{enumerate} +% +%With the \sty{verbose} style, when citing \bibtype{incollection}s entries, the data of the \bibtype{collection} are printed entirely in the first citation and shortened afterwards. Anyway in the final bibliography the \bibtype{incollection} is always complete of all the informations about the corresponding \bibtype{collection}. +% +% +% +%\section[Languages]{Using the styles with other languages}\label{sec:languages} +% +% +%The \sty{philosophy} styles can be used for both Italian and English documents simply loading the \sty{babel} package (or \sty{polyglossia}). +% +%In order to use the styles with different languages, you have to define all the string not defined in the language used in the preamble of your document. This is a sample code for using the styles in german documents: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\NewBibliographyString{transtolang,edorig,cit,reviewof,nodate} +%\DefineBibliographyStrings{german}{% +% inherit={german}, +% transtolang = {deut\adddotspace \"Ubers\adddot}, +% edorig = {...}, +% cit = {...}, +% reviewof {...}, +% nodate ={...}} +%\end{verbatim} +% +% +% +% +%\section{Backward compatibility} +% +% +% +%This section explain a different mechanism (now deprecated) to manage +%entries comprising both the original publication data and the translation data. This mechanism uses some special fields. +% +%\subsection{Deprecated fields}\label{sec:origfields} +% +%The following fields can hold both the translation and the original edition data. They are precede by the string ``trans.'' or ``orig. ed.'', respectively according to the \opt{origfields=trans} (default) or \opt{origfields=origed} option (see below). +% +%\begin{fieldlist} +% +%\fielditem{origtitle}{literal} +% +%The title of the translation/original edition. +% +%\fielditem{origpublisher}{list} +% +%The publisher of the translation/original edition. +% +%\fielditem{origlocation}{list} +% +%The location of the translation/original edition. +% +%\fielditem{origdate}{range} +% +%The publication date of the translation/original edition. +%\begin{bibexample} +%Robert Bringhurst (1992), \emph{The Elements of Typographic Style}, Hartley \& Marks Publisher Inc., Vancouver, Canada; trad. it. \emphasize{\emph{Gli elementi dello stile tipografico}, Sylvestre Bonnard, Milano 2009.} +%\end{bibexample} +% +%\fielditem{reprinttitle}{literal} +%If the work has a reprint, the title of the reprint. It can not be used together with the \textsf{origtitle} field. +% ^^A \parencite[see][]{Galilei:dialogo}. +% +%\fielditem{usera}{literal} +% +%The title of the \bibtype{collection} in which the translation of an \bibtype{article} (\bibtype{inbook} or \bibtype{incollection}) is published. The field is printed after the \bibfield{origtitle} and the format is the same of the entry: +% +% \begin{bibexample} +% Moore, George Edward (1903), «The refutation of idealism», \emph{Mind}, N.S., 12 (mag. 1903), p. 433-453; trad. it. «La confutazione dell’idealismo», in \emphasize{\emph{Il Neoempirismo}}, a cura di Alberto Pasquinelli, UTET, Torino 1969, p. 35-61. +% \end{bibexample} +% +%\fielditem{userb}{literal} +% +%This field is printed after the \bibfield{origtitle}. It is meat for secondary informations about the translation/original edition, such as the name of editors, translators, etc.: +% \begin{bibexample} +% Mach, E. (1883), \emph{Die Mechanik in ihrer Entwickelung historisch-kritisch dargestellt}; trad. it. \emph{La meccanica nel suo sviluppo storico-critico}, \emphasize{traduzione, introduzione e note di Alfonsina D’Elia}, Bollati Boringhieri, Torino 1977. +% \end{bibexample} +% +%\fielditem{userc}{literal} +% +%This field is printed at the end of the entry, after the \bibfield{origdate} field. It is meant for the page range of the translation/original edition or other useful informations. +%In the first case string ``p.'' is omitted. +%\end{fieldlist} +% +% +%\paragraph{Warning} +%The \bibfield{origdate} is needed in order to print these fields. Contrarily they will be ignored. +% +%\subsection{Deprecated options} +% +%\begin{optionlist} +% +%\optitem[trans]{origfields}{\opt{trans}, \opt{none}, \opt{edorig}} +%\begin{valuelist} +%\item[true] Prints the \bibfield{orig-} fields. +%\item[none] Omits the \bibfield{orig-} fields. +%\item[origed] This option cites the translation data first and adds the original publication data at the end of the entry, preceded by the string ``orig.~ed'' (or ``ed.~orig.'' for Italian documents). +%\end{valuelist} +% +%\boolitem[true]{origed} +% +%Same as the previous but can be set on a per-entry basis in the \opt{options} field. \parencite[see][]{Lobacevskij:1994}. +% +%\optitem[semicolon]{origfieldsformat}{\opt{semicolon}, \opt{parens}, \opt{brackets}} +%\begin{valuelist} +%\item[semicolon] +%The translation/original publication data are preceded by a semicolon: +% \begin{bibexample}% +% Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, +% Flammarion\emphasize{; trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, +% Bompiani 2003}. +% \end{bibexample} +%\item[parens] +%Puts the translation or the original publication data in parentheses: +% \begin{bibexample}% +% Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, +% Flammarion \emphasize{(trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, +% Bompiani 2003)}. +% \end{bibexample} +%\item[brackets] +%Same as the previous option but with brackets instead of parentheses: +% \begin{bibexample}% +% Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, +% Flammarion \emphasize{[trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, +% Bompiani 2003]}. +% \end{bibexample} +%\end{valuelist} +%\end{optionlist} +% +% +% +% +%\section{Changes}\label{ref:changes} +% +% +%\begin{changelog} +% +%\begin{release}{0.8a}{2011/11/11} +%\item Documentation in English +%\item Full compatibility with English documents +%\item Added option \opt{restoreclassic} for command \cmd{printbibliography} \see{sec:options} +%\item Updated documentation +%\end{release} +% +%\begin{release}{0.7c}{2011/05/16} +%\item Fixed some bugs +%\item New option \opt{origfieldstype}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added bibliography string \opt{nodate} (for Italian only) +%\item Updated documentation +%\end{release} +% +% +%\begin{release}{0.7b}{2010-04-23} +%\item Removed package option \opt{romanvol}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{volumeformat}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{editionformat}\see{sec:options} +%\item Activated the option \opt{singletitle} for style \sty{philosophy-verbose}\see{sec:verbose} +%\item Added bibliography driver \bibtype{review} +%\item Added bibliography string \opt{cit} +%\item Added bibliography string \opt{reviewof} +%\item Updated documentation +%\end{release} +% +%\begin{release}{0.7a}{2010-04-03} +%\item Added command \opt{volumfont}\see{sec:commands} +%\item Added command \opt{footcitet}\see{sec:commands} +%\item Updated documentation +%\end{release} +% +%\begin{release}{0.7}{2010-03-30} +%\item Removed package option \opt{colonloc} +%\item Removed package option \opt{origparens} +%\item Removed package option \opt{origbrackets} +%\item Added package option \opt{origfieldsformat}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{publocformat}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{commacit}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{inbeforejournal}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{romanvol}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{volnumformat}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added command \opt{volnumpunct}\see{sec:commands} +%\item Added citation command \cmd{sdcite}\see{sec:commands:citations} +%\item Added citation command \cmd{ccite}\see{sec:commands:citations} +%\item Updated documentation +%\end{release} +% +%\begin{release}{0.6}{2010-03-07} +%\item Added localization file \file{italian-philosophy.lbx} +%\item Added file \file{philosophy-standard.bbx} +%\item New documentation file \file{biblatex-philosophy} +%\item Removed file \file{philosophy-authoryear-doc.tex} +%\item Removed file \file{philosophy-verbose-doc.tex} +%\end{release} +% +%\begin{release}{0.5}{} +%\item Added new bibliography style \texttt{philosophy-verbose}\see{sec:verbose} +%\item Added localization file \file{italian-philosophy.lbx} +%\item Added package option \opt{origparens}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{origbrackets}\see{sec:options} +%\item Added package option \opt{latinemph}\see{sec:options} +%\item Changed package option \opt{scauthors}\see{sec:options} +%\item Changed package option \opt{scauthorscite}\see{sec:options} +%\item Changed package option \opt{scauthorsbib}\see{sec:options} +%\item Renamed file \file{biblatex-philosophy-doc.tex} to \texttt{philosophy-authoryear-doc.tex} +%\item Added file \file{philosophy-verbose-doc.tex} +%\item Updated documentation +%\end{release} +% +%\begin{release}{0.4}{} +%\item Improved compatibility for \sty{biblatex} version 0.9 +%\end{release} +% +%\end{changelog} +% +%\defbibnote{notaesempio-english}{\small\sffamily See also \file{philosophy-examples.bib} in the +%``\texttt{texm-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy}'' directory +%of your \TeX Live installation.} +% +%\printbibliography[keyword=primaria] +%\printbibliography[title=Examples,keyword=esempio,prenote={notaesempio-english},nottype=online] +% +%\nocite{ctan,guit:sito} +%\printbibliography[title=Web List,keyword=web,type=online,restoreclassic] +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% +% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex} +% +% \section{The Code} +% +% \subsection{\file{philosophy-standard.bbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*standard-bbx> +% \fi +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} +% \end{macrocode} +% Load the localization modules: +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{italian}{italian-philosophy} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{english-philosophy} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Global options} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newtoggle{bbx:annotation} +\newtoggle{bbx:library} +\newtoggle{bbx:scauthors} +\newtoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib} +\newtoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal} +\newtoggle{bbx:classical} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{annotation}[true]{% + \settoggle{bbx:annotation}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{library}[true]{% + \settoggle{bbx:library}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthors}[true]{% + \settoggle{bbx:scauthors}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorsbib}[true]{% + \settoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{inbeforejournal}[true]{% + \settoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{classical}[true]{% + \settoggle{bbx:classical}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\bbx@publocformat}{} +\newcommand{\bbx@volnumformat}{} +\newcommand{\bbx@relatedformat}{} +\newcommand{\bbx@origfields}{} +\newcommand{\bbx@editionformat}{} +\newcommand{\bbx@volumeformat}{} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{publocformat}[publocyear]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@publocformat}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{volnumformat}[plain]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@volnumformat}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{origfieldsformat}[semicolon]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@relatedformat}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{relatedformat}[semicolon]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@relatedformat}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{origfields}[true]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@origfields}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{editionformat}[arabic]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@editionformat}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{volumeformat}[arabic]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@volumeformat}{#1}} + +\DeclareEntryOption{origed}[true]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@origfields}{origed}} + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + publocformat = publocyear, + annotation = false, + library = true, + scauthors = false, + scauthorsbib = false, + origfieldsformat = semicolon, + inbeforejournal = false, + volnumformat = plain, + editionformat = arabic, + volumeformat = arabic, + classical = false, + useprefix = true, + maxcitenames = 2, + mincitenames = 1, + maxbibnames = 999, + minbibnames = 999} +% \end{macrocode} +% These counters control the list of names +% of cross-referenced entries: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{maxnamesincross} +\newcounter{minnamesincross} + +\AtBeginShorthands{ +% \end{macrocode} +% The annotation field is omitted in the list of shorthands: +% \begin{macrocode} + \togglefalse{bbx:annotation} +% \end{macrocode} +% In the list of shorthands we always use the shorthand +% for the cross-referenced entries: +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@inbook} + {}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + {}% + {}% +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@incollection} + {}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + {}% + {}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Name format} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginBibliography{% +\iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{% +\DeclareNameFormat{sortname}{% + \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1} + {\iffirstinits + {\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}% + {\textsc{#7}}}%MOD + {\ifblank{#3}{\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}\nopunct}% + {\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}} + {\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}% + {\textsc{#7}}}}% + \ifblank{#3#5} + {} + {\usebibmacro{name:revsdelim}}} + {\iffirstinits + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}% + {\textsc{#7}}} + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}% + {\textsc{#7}}}}% + \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}% +{}}% + +\AtBeginDocument{% +\iftoggle{bbx:scauthors}{% + \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}% + \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}}% +{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{New internal commands} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space} +\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{\addperiod\space} +\renewcommand*{\intitlepunct}{\nopunct\addspace} +\newcommand*{\volnumpunct}{\addcomma\space} +% \end{macrocode} +% We have to define a new internal command +% in order to get pure parenthese for some specific fields +% when using the \opt{square} option: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd{\mkpureparens}[1]{% + \begingroup + \blx@blxinit + \blx@setsfcodes + \blx@postpunct(#1\blx@postpunct)\midsentence% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \paragraph{Indexing} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{% +\ifciteindex{\indexnames{labelname}}{}} +\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{% +\ifbibindex{\indexnames{author}% +\indexnames{editor}% +\indexnames{editora}% +\indexnames{editorb}% +\indexnames{editorc}}% +{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \paragraph{Font selection} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\annotationfont}{\footnotesize} +\newcommand*{\libraryfont}{} +\newcommand*{\editionfont}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{romanupp} + {\uppercase}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{romansc} + {\scshape}% + {\relax}}% + }% +\newrobustcmd*{\edfnt}[1]{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\editionfont + \expandafter{\romannumeral#1}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Fields formats} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,thesis]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{title}{\bibstring{reviewof}\addspace#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference,article]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,thesis]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{origtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{origtitle}{\mkbibquote{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{usera}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,inbook]{usera}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[incollection]{usera}{\mkbibquote{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{userc}{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\annotationfont #1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{library}{\libraryfont #1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{backrefparens}{\mkpureparens{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{pureparens}{\mkpureparens{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{% + \bibstring{volume}~% + \ifinteger{#1}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{arabic}% + {#1}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{romanupp}% + {\RN{#1}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{romansc}% + {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}% + {#1}}}}{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{number}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings}{% + \bibstring{number}~#1}{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{series}{% + \ifinteger{#1} + {\mkbibordseries{#1}~\bibstring{jourser}} + {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% + \ifinteger{#1}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{arabic} + {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{romanupp}% + {\RN{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{romansc}% + {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}~\bibstring{edition}}% + {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}}}} + {#1}}%\isdot?? +\DeclareFieldFormat{related:translatedas}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{parens}% + {\mkpureparens{#1}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{brackets}% + {\mkbibbrackets{#1}}% + {\printtext{\addsemicolon\space}#1}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{The \opt{orig-} macros (deprecated)} +% These macros are provided for backward compatibility. +% The new \opt{related} field mechanism now directly support +% also this feature. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbibmacro*{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}{% +\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} +{\usebibmacro{origloccolonpub}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% + \printfield{userc}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} +{\usebibmacro{origlocpubyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% + \printfield{userc}} +{\usebibmacro{origpublocyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% + \printfield{userc}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{origpublocyear}{% +\iflistundef{origpublisher}% +{\printlist{origlocation}% +\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printorigdate}% +{\printlist{origpublisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% +\printlist{origlocation}% +\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printorigdate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{origloccolonpub}{% +\iflistundef{origlocation}{}% + {\printlist{origlocation}}% + \iflistundef{origpublisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}% +\printorigdate}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printorigdate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{origlocpubyear}{% +\iflistundef{origlocation}{}% + {\printlist{origlocation}}% + \iflistundef{origpublisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}% +\printorigdate}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printorigdate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{reprinttitle}{% + \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}{}{% + \iffieldsequal{reprinttitle}{title}{}{% + \printfield[title]{reprinttitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% +\iffieldundef{userb}{}{% + \printfield{userb}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{transorigstring}{% +\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}% +{\printtext{\ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{origed} +{\bibstring{origed}}% +{\bibstring{transtolang}}}\nopunct}% +{\printtext{\bibstring{reprint}}}\nopunct} + +\newbibmacro*{origtitle:book}{% + \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{ + \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}} +\iffieldundef{userb}{}{% + \printfield{userb}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:book}{% +\usebibmacro{transorigstring}% +\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}% +{\usebibmacro{origtitle:book}}% +{\usebibmacro{reprinttitle}}% +\newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}} + +\newbibmacro*{origdata:book}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{origtitle}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{origlocation}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{origpublisher}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}} + }% + {}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{parens} + {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{brackets} + {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}} + {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}% + \printtext{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}{% + \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{% + \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}% +\setunit{\addcomma\space}} +\iffieldundef{usera}{}{% +\usebibmacro{in:}% +\printfield{usera}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}}% +\iffieldundef{userb}{}{% + \printfield{userb}% + \newunit}} + +\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}{% + \usebibmacro{transorigstring}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}% + \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}} + +\newbibmacro*{origdata:article-inbook}{% + \iflistundef{origlocation}{}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{parens} + {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{% + \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{brackets} + {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{% + \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}% + {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}% + \printtext{% + \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{New macros} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{addendum+pubstate}{% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{pubstate}% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{none}{}{% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origdata:book}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{library}} + +\newbibmacro*{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}{% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{pubstate}% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{none}{}{% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origdata:article-inbook}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{library}} + +\newbibmacro*{volnumdefault}{% +\printfield{volume}% + \setunit*{\volnumpunct}% + \printfield{number}} + +\newbibmacro*{volnumparens}{% +\nopunct% +\printtext[pureparens]{% +\printfield{volume}% + \setunit*{\volnumpunct}% + \printfield{number}}\addcomma\space} + +\newbibmacro*{volnumstrings}{% + \iffieldundef{volume}{}{% + \printfield{volume}\setunit*{\volnumpunct}}% + \iffieldundef{number}{}{% + \printfield{number}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{journal}{% + \iffieldundef{journaltitle} + {} + {\printtext[journaltitle]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{journaltitle}% + \midsentence%MOD############ + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{journalsubtitle}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{periodical}{% + \iffieldundef{title} + {} + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{title}% + \midsentence%MOD############# + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{% + \usebibmacro{journal}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series} + {} + {\newunit% + \printfield{series}\setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}% + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{issue+date}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}% + \usebibmacro{issue}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{title+issuetitle}{% + \usebibmacro{periodical}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series} + {} + {\newunit + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{eid}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{issue+date}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}% + \usebibmacro{issue}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings} + {\usebibmacro{volnumstrings}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{parens} + {\usebibmacro{volnumparens}}% + {\usebibmacro{volnumdefault}}}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{eid}} + +\renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% + \printtext[pureparens]{% + \iffieldundef{issue} + {\usebibmacro{date}} + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{event+venue+date}{%v0.8 + \printfield{eventtitle}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{venue}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{eventyear}} + } + {} + {\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{venue}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printeventdate}}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{series+number}{% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{number}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{% +\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} + {\usebibmacro{loccolonpub}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} + {\usebibmacro{locpubyear}} + {\usebibmacro{publocyear}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{institution+location+date}{% +\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} + {\usebibmacro{inloccolonpub}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} + {\usebibmacro{inlocpubyear}} + {\usebibmacro{inpublocyear}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{organization+location+date}{% +\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} + {\usebibmacro{orgloccolonpub}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} + {\usebibmacro{orglocpubyear}} + {\usebibmacro{orgpublocyear}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{library}{% +\iftoggle{bbx:library}{% + \iffieldundef{library}% + {}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\space}% + {\printfield{library}}}}% + {}} +% \end{macrocode} +% In this macro the \cmd{newpunct} command is needed +% to avoid the dot after the parentheses. +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{pageref}{% + \iflistundef{pageref} + {}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\space}% + \printtext[backrefparens]{% + \ifnumgreater{\value{pageref}}{1} + {\bibstring{backrefpages}\ppspace}% + {\bibstring{backrefpage}\ppspace}% + \printlist[pageref][-\value{listtotal}]{pageref}\adddot}\nopunct}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{finentry}{% + \iftoggle{bbx:annotation}% + {\iffieldundef{annotation}% + {\finentry}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\par\nobreak\vspace*{.5ex}}% + \printtext[annotation]{\printfield{annotation}\finentry\par}}}% + {\finentry}} + +\newbibmacro*{publocyear}{% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {}% +{\printlist{publisher}} + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{location}% + \usebibmacro{relateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{inpublocyear}{% + \iflistundef{institution}% + {}% +{\printlist{institution}} + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{location}% + \usebibmacro{relateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{orgpublocyear}{% + \iflistundef{organization}% + {}% +{\printlist{organization}} + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{location}% + \usebibmacro{relateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{loccolonpub}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{inloccolonpub}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{institution} + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printlist{institution}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{orgloccolonpub}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{organization} + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printlist{organization}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{locpubyear}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{inlocpubyear}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{institution} + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% + \printlist{institution}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{orglocpubyear}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{organization} + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% + \printlist{organization}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% + \newunit} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{The \bibfield{related} field mechanism} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbibmacro*{relateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printdate} +\newbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printdate} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\relatedcite} + {}% + {\usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}% + % trucco per modificare due righe in ogni driver + % e togliere l'autore/curatore nelle voci 'related' + \renewbibmacro*{author/translator+others}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author/editor+others/translator+others}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author/translator+others}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{editor}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewcommand*{\labelnamepunct}{}% + \renewbibmacro*{relateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addspace}\printdate}% + \renewbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}\printdate}}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}}% + {}% + {}% + +\newbibmacro*{related:translatedas}[1]{% + \togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}% + \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}% +\iffieldundef{relatedstring}% + {\bibstring{translationas}\space}% + {\setunit{\bibstring{translationas}\space}}% + \relatedcite{\thefield{related}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{related:default}{% + \usebibmacro{related:translatedas}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Bibliography drivers} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}{\usebibmacro{in:}}{} + \usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{note+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{issn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}%MOD + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{editor+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \iffieldundef{xref}% + {\iffieldundef{crossref}{\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}% + {\bbx@crossref@inbook{\thefield{crossref}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{crossrefdata}}}% + {\bbx@crossref@inbook{\thefield{xref}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{xrefdata}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{inbook:full}{% + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \iffieldundef{xref}% + {\iffieldundef{crossref}{\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}% + {\bbx@crossref@incollection{\thefield{crossref}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{crossrefdata}}}% + {\bbx@crossref@incollection{\thefield{xref}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{xrefdata}}} + + \newbibmacro*{incollection:full}{% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{event+venue+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{organization+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:eprint} + {\usebibmacro{eprint}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{url+urldate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \iflistundef{location} + {} + {\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byholder}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title+issuetitle}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{issn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{editor+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{event+venue+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isrn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:url} + {\usebibmacro{url+urldate}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% + \protect\PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-philosophy}{% + \MessageBreak + Entry type @set is not supported\MessageBreak + by the 'biblatex-philosophy' styles.\MessageBreak + All the @set entries will be ignored}} + +\newbibmacro*{xcross:maintitle+booktitle}{% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}}% + \usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{xrefdata}{% + \usebibmacro{xcross:maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit +% \iffieldundef{maintitle} +% {\printfield{volume}% +% \printfield{part}} +% {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\newbibmacro*{crossrefdata}{% + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \paragraph{Experimental drivers for jurisprudence} +% This feature is available for now only for Italian documents. +% \begin{macrocode} +%\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisprudence]{title}{#1} +%\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisprudence]{pages}{#1} +%\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[jurisprudence]{skipbib=true}% + +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{volume}{\RN{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{number}{\bibsstring{number}~{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{nameaddon}{% + \ifinteger{#1}{\bibcpsstring{section}~\RN{#1}}{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{pages}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{title}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{international}{\emph{#1}}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% A new macro to manage authors of \bibtype{jurisdiction} entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbibmacro*{juris:author}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Use the default name format: ``name surname'' +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{author}} + } + {% + \iffieldequalstr{type}{conclusions}{% + \printtext{Conclusioni dell'Avv\adddotspace generale}% + \setunit{\addspace}}{}% +\printnames{author}% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{authorstrg}}} + {}% +\iffieldequalstr{type}{conclusions}{% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext{presentate il}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + }{% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}{% +\printtext{\printfield{nameaddon}% +\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% + }% + \printeventdate} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{jurisdiction}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{juris:author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock +\printtext{% + \printfield{labelyear}% + \printfield{extrayear}} + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit +% \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} +% \end{macrocode} +% Some \bin{biber} settings to use specific field aliases: +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +\DeclareSourcemap{ + \maps[datatype=bibtex]{ + \map{ + \pertype{jurisdiction} + \step[fieldsource=court , fieldtarget=author] + \step[fieldsource=section, fieldtarget=nameaddon] + } + } +}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</standard-bbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{\file{philosophy-classic.bbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*classic-bbx> +% \fi +% \subsubsection{Initial settings} +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear} +\RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-standard} + +\newtoggle{bbx:square} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{square}[true]{% + \settoggle{bbx:square}{#1}} + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + uniquename = false, + pagetracker = true, + singletitle = false, + square = false, + mergedate = basic, + dashed = true, +} +% \end{macrocode} +% The \opt{classic} and \opt{modern} styles +% redefine the \texttt{relateddate} and \texttt{commarelateddate} macros +% because the date have to be printed after the name of the author/editor. +% In the list of shorthands we need a standard entry, +% with the date at the end and no date after the name of the author/editor +% so we overwrite these macros locally: +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginShorthands{% +\togglefalse{bbx:annotation}% +\renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\addcomma\space}% +\renewbibmacro*{relateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printdate} +\renewbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printdate} +% \end{macrocode} +% No date after the author's/editor's name: +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{}% +} + +\AtBeginDocument{% + \iftoggle{bbx:square} + {\renewcommand{\bibopenparen}{\bibopenbracket}% + \renewcommand{\bibcloseparen}{\bibclosebracket}}% + {} + \setcounter{maxnamesincross}{\value{maxnames}}% + \setcounter{minnamesincross}{\value{minnames}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{New macros} +% +% Renew the bibliography macro 'relateddate' +% to delete the date at the end of the entry: +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{relateddate}{} +\renewbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \paragraph{Dates} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{issue}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{month}} + } + {}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{parens} + {\printtext{% + \printfield{issue}\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printdate}}% + {\printtext[pureparens]{% + \printfield{issue}\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printdate}}}% + \newunit}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Delete ``month'' from \cmd{printdateextra} +% to print open ranges such as: ``1968-'': +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% + \begingroup% + \clearfield{month}% + \iffieldundef{labelyear} + {\printtext[parens]{\midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}} + {\printtext[parens]{\printdateextra}}% + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \paragraph{Authors and editors} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{author}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{author}} + }% + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}% + \printnames{author}% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[brackets]{\printfield{nameaddon}}}% +\iffieldundef{authortype} + {\setunit{\addspace}} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{authorstrg}% +\setunit{\addspace}}}% + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash + \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% + \setunit*{\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseeditor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} + }% + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\printnames{editor}% +\setunit{\addspace}% +\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \usebibmacro{#1}% + \clearname{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash + \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% + \setunit*{\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Internal commands for crossreferences} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@inbook} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifuseeditor{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% + {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% + {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% + {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% + {}% + {}% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@incollection} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifuseeditor{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% + {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% + {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% + {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% + {}% + {}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The \opt{restoreclassic} option is redundant for the +% philosophy-classic style. Anyway it is defined to avoid +% error messages: +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{blx@bib1}{restoreclassic}[]{} +\define@key{blx@bib2}{restoreclassic}[true]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</classic-bbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{\file{philosophy-modern.bbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*modern-bbx> +% \fi +% \subsubsection{Initial settings} +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-classic} +% \end{macrocode} +% The \sty{modern} style has only one specific option +% which is turned off by default: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newtoggle{bbx:yearleft} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{yearleft}[true]{% + \settoggle{bbx:yearleft}{#1}} +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + yearleft=false} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{New lengths} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newlength{\yeartitle} +\newlength{\postnamesep} +\setlength{\yeartitle}{0.8em}% +\setlength{\postnamesep}{0.5ex plus 2pt minus 1pt} +\setlength{\bibitemsep}{\postnamesep} +\setlength{\bibnamesep}{1.5ex plus 2pt minus 1pt} +\setlength{\bibhang}{4\parindent} + +\AtBeginBibliography{ +\iftoggle{bbx:yearleft}{% +\setlength{\yeartitle}{\fill}} +{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{New commands} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\postsep}{\par\nobreak\vskip\postnamesep% + \hskip-\bibhang\ignorespaces} +\renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{} + +\AtBeginShorthands{% +\renewcommand{\postsep}{}% +\renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\newunitpunct}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{New macros} +% \paragraph{Dates} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% + \begingroup% + \clearfield{month}% + \makebox[\bibhang][r]{\printtext{% + \iffieldundef{labelyear}% + {\printtext{\midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}}% + {\printtext{\printdateextra}}% + \hskip\yeartitle}}% + \endgroup}% + +\renewbibmacro*{labeltitle}{% + \iffieldundef{label}% + {\iffieldundef{shorttitle} + {\printfield{title}\clearfield{title}}% + {\printfield[title]{shorttitle}}}% + {\printtext{\printfield{label}}% +\postsep}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \paragraph{Authors and editors} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{author}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{author}} + } + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}% + \printnames{author}% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[brackets]{\printfield{nameaddon}}}% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {}% + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + \usebibmacro{authorstrg}% + \postsep}}% + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash + \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% + \setunit*{\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseeditor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} + }% + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck}% + {}% + {\printnames{editor}% + \postsep%ADD + \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}}% + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash% + \usebibmacro{labeltitle}}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}% + \iffieldundef{label}% + {\usebibmacro{#1}% + \clearname{editor}% + \printtext{\addcomma\space}}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Internal commands for crossreferences} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@inbook} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifuseeditor{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% + {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% + {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% + {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{classic:date+extrayear}}% + {}% + {}% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@incollection} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifuseeditor{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% + {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% + {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% + {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}} + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{classic:date+extrayear}}% + {}% + {}% + +\newbibmacro*{classic:date+extrayear}{% + \begingroup% + \clearfield{month}% + \iffieldundef{labelyear} + {\printtext[parens]{\midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}}% + {\printtext[parens]{% + \printfield{labelyear}% + \printfield{extrayear}}}% + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{The \opt{restoreclassic} option} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{blx@bib1}{restoreclassic}[]{} +\define@key{blx@bib2}{restoreclassic}[true]{% + \ifstrequal{#1}{true}{% + \setlength{\bibhang}{\parindent}% + \renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\newunitpunct} +\renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% + \begingroup% + \clearfield{month}% + \iffieldundef{labelyear} + {\printtext[parens]{\midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}}% + {\printtext[parens]{\printdateextra}}% + \endgroup}% +\renewbibmacro*{author}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{author}} + }% + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}% + \printnames{author}% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[brackets]{\printfield{nameaddon}}}% +\iffieldundef{authortype} + {\setunit{\addspace}} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{authorstrg}% +\setunit{\addspace}}}% + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash + \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% + \setunit*{\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseeditor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} + }% + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\printnames{editor}% +\setunit{\addspace}% +\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \usebibmacro{#1}% + \clearname{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash + \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% + \setunit*{\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{labeltitle}{% + \iffieldundef{label}% + {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}% + {\printfield{title}% + \clearfield{title}}% + {\printfield[title]{shorttitle}}}% + {\printfield{label}}}% + }{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</modern-bbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{\file{philosophy-verbose.bbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*verbose-bbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsubsection{Initial settings} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} +\RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-standard} +% \end{macrocode} +% \paragraph{Authors and editors} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{author}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{author}} + } + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\printnames{author}% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}% + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[brackets]{\printfield{nameaddon}}}% +\setunit{\addcomma\space}% +\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \usebibmacro{authorstrg}} + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} + +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseeditor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} + } + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\printnames{editor}% +\setunit{\addspace}% #MOD# + \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \usebibmacro{#1}% + \clearname{editor}} + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Internal commands for crossreferences} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@inbook} + {}% + {\ifciteseen{\usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}% + \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}% + \bibstring{cited}}}{\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}}% + {}% + {}% + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@incollection} + {}% + {\ifciteseen{\usebibmacro{editor+others}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}% + \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}% + \bibstring{cited}}}{\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}}% + {}% + {}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</verbose-bbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{\file{philosophy-classic.cbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*classic-cbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsubsection{Initial settings} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequireCitationStyle{authoryear-comp} + +\newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite} +\newtoggle{cbx:shorthandintro} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{% + \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandintro}[true]{% + \settoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{#1}} + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + scauthorscite = false, + citetracker = true, + shorthandintro = true +} + +\AtEveryCite{% + \iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}% + {\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamelast}[1]{\textsc{#1}}% +\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefirst}[1]{\textsc{#1}}% +\renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{\textsc{#1}}}% +{}} +\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{% +\bibhyperref{% + \ifcase\value{uniquename}% + \usebibmacro{name:last}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}% + \or + \ifuseprefix + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{#1}{#4}{#5}{#8}} + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{#1}{#4}{#6}{#8}}% + \or + \usebibmacro{name:first-last}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}% + \fi + \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}} +%%%% + +\newcommand{\switchclass}[2]{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\usebibmacro{#1}}% + {\usebibmacro{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Author-title macros} +% The \texttt{:AT} are of the \file{authortitle-comp.cbx} file. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbibmacro*{cite:init:AT}{% + \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2} + {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash} + {\iffieldundef{prenote} + {} + {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit:AT}{% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:AT}{% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} + {\ifnameundef{labelname} + {} + {\printnames{labelname}% + \setunit{\nametitledelim}}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:title:AT}} + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit:AT}}% + \setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\newbibmacro*{citetitle:AT}{% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\usebibmacro{cite:title:AT}} + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + \setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:AT}{% + \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} + {\ifnameundef{labelname} + {} + {\printnames{labelname}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\usebibmacro{cite:title:AT}}% + {\iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{% + \ifciteseen{% + \usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + {\usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + \setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}% + \multicitedelim}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:title:AT}{% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote:AT}{% + \ifnameundef{labelname} + {\setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}} + {\setunit{\postnotedelim}}% + \printfield{postnote}% + \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} + {\setunit{}% + \printtext{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}}} + {\setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}% + \multicitedelim}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Author-year macros} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbibmacro*{cite:init:AY}{% + \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2} + {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear} + {\iffieldundef{prenote} + {} + {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit:AY}{% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:AY}{% + \iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:noshorthand}}% + {\iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}% + {% + \ifciteseen{\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:noshorthand}% + \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}% + }% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit:AY}}% + \setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:AY}{% + \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%noshorthand + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND + \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)}% + {\setunit{\addcomma}% + \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}%shorthand + \iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}% + {\ifciteseen + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND + \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)}% + {\setunit{\addcomma}% + \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}% + \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}% + {\ifnameundef{labelname}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%shorthand + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}% + {\iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}% + {\ifciteseen%shorthand + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + {\printnames{labelname}% +\setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}% +\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand}%noshorthand + {\iffieldundef{labelyear}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}% + \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}% + {\iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}% + {\ifciteseen% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + {\iffieldundef{labelyear}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}% + \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}% + \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}% + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}% + \setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens}% + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}% + {}% + \multicitedelim}}% + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote:AY}{% + \usebibmacro{postnote}% + \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} + {\setunit{}% + \printtext{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}}} + {\setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}% + \multicitedelim}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% The \texttt{cite:shorthand} is the same for both +% author-title and author-year styles: +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% If the field \bibfield{entrysubtype} equals to \texttt{classical} +% the citation commands will use the author-title macros: +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewbibmacro*{cite:init}{% + \switchclass{cite:init:AT}{cite:init:AY}} +\renewbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{% + \switchclass{cite:reinit:AT}{cite:reinit:AY}} +\renewbibmacro*{cite}{% + \switchclass{cite:AT}{cite:AY}} +\renewbibmacro*{textcite}{% + \switchclass{textcite:AT}{textcite:AY}} +\renewbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% + \switchclass{textcite:postnote:AT}{textcite:postnote:AY}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:noshorthand}{% +\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR\iffieldundef{labelyear}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% +\setunit{\addspace}% + +\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% + {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND + \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)}% + {\setunit{\addcomma}% + \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}% + {\printnames{labelname}% + \setunit{\nameyeardelim}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Citation commands} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \switchclass{citetitle:AT}{citeyear}}% + {} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \switchclass{citetitle:AT}{citeyear}} + {} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\citetitle} + {\boolfalse{citetracker}% + \boolfalse{pagetracker}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\indexfield{indextitle}% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand*{\citetitle} + {\boolfalse{citetracker}% + \boolfalse{pagetracker}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\indexfield{indextitle}% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{title}}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeyear} + {\boolfalse{citetracker}% + \boolfalse{pagetracker}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{year}}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitet}[\mkbibfootnote] + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{textcite}} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} +% \end{macrocode} +% This command is now deprecated because it is substituted by +% the \bibfield{entrysubtype=classical}: +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\sdcite} + {\boolfalse{citetracker}% + \boolfalse{pagetracker}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\indexnames{labelname}% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \indexfield{indextitle}% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</classic-cbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{\file{philosophy-modern.cbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*modern-cbx> +% \fi +% +% The \sty{modern} style uses the \sty{classic} citation scheme: +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequireCitationStyle{philosophy-classic} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</modern-cbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{\file{philosophy-verbose.cbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*verbose-cbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsubsection{Initial settings} +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequireCitationStyle{verbose-trad2} + +\newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite} +\newtoggle{cbx:latinemph} +\newtoggle{cbx:commacit} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{% + \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{latinemph}[true]{% + \settoggle{cbx:latinemph}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{commacit}[true]{% + \settoggle{cbx:commacit}{#1}} + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% +idemtracker=false, +loccittracker=strict, +scauthorscite=false, +latinemph=false, +commacit=false} + +\AtEveryCite{% +% \end{macrocode} +% The \bibfield{annotation} field is omitted in every citations: +% \begin{macrocode} +\togglefalse{bbx:annotation}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Redefine \cmd{mkibid} for every citations when using +% the \opt{latinemph} option: +% \begin{macrocode} +\iftoggle{cbx:latinemph}{\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \paragraph{Name formats} +% \begin{macrocode} +\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{% +\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{% +\ifcase\value{uniquename}% + \usebibmacro{name:last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}% +\or + \ifuseprefix + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#8}}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#6}}{\textsc{#8}}}% +\or + \usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}% +\fi +\usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}{}} + +\DeclareNameFormat{scdefault}{% +\iffirstinits + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}} + {\ifblank{#3}% + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{#3}{#5}{\textsc{#7}}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}}}% +\usebibmacro{name:andothers}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{New macros} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbibmacro*{cite:opcit}{% + \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{opcit}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:loccit}{% + \printtext{% + \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx@lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{% + \bibstring[\mkibid]{loccit}}}% + \global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} + +\renewbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% + \ifloccit + {\usebibmacro{cite:loccit}}{% + \printtext{% + \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx@lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{% + \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{cite:title}{%OK + \ifsingletitle{\usebibmacro{cite:opcit}}{% + \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}% + \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}}% + \bibstring{cited}\midsentence}} + + \renewbibmacro*{cite:full}{%OK + \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% + \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}% + \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% + \usedriver + {\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{% + \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{scdefault}}% + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}}% + \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Citation commands} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareNameFormat{noname}{} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite} +{\usebibmacro{prenote}\unspace\addspace}% +{\global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% +\usedriver{\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{noname}} +{\thefield{entrytype}}} +{\multicitedelim} +{\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</verbose-cbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{\file{italian-philosophy.lbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*italian-lbx> +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\InheritBibliographyExtras{italian} +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% +\protected\def\bibrangedash{% + -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash + \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}% + +\NewBibliographyString{transtolang,origed,cited,reviewof,nodate,section} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {italian}, + nodate = {{senza data}{s\adddotspace d\adddot}}, + cited = {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}}, + opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ivi}{ivi}}, + loccit = {{ibidem}{ibidem}}, + origed = {{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}}, + langitalian = {{italiano}{it\adddot}}, + transtolang = {{traduzione\addspace italiana} + {\bibsstring{translator}\adddotspace \bibsstring{langitalian}}}, + editor = {{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}}, + editors = {{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}}, + andothers = {{\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}} + {\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}}, + reviewof = {{Recensione di}{Recensione di}}, + backrefpage = {{Citato a pagina}{Citato a \bibstring{page}\adddot}}, + backrefpages = {{Citato alle pagine}{Citato alle \bibstring{pages}\adddot}}, + pages = {{pagine}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{pp\adddot}{p\adddot}}}, + columns = {{colonne}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{coll\adddot}{col\adddot}}}, + lines = {{righe}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{rr\adddot}{r\adddot}}}, + verses = {{versi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{vv\adddot}{v\adddot}}}, + volumes = {{volumi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{voll\adddot}{vol\adddot}}}, + withcommentator = {{con commenti di}{con comm\adddot\addabbrvspace di}}, + withannotator = {{annotazioni di}{annotazioni di}}, + withintroduction = {{introduzione di}{introduzione di}}, + withforeword = {{prefazione di}{prefazione di}}, + withafterword = {{postfazione di}{postfazione di}}, + reprintas = {{ristampato}{rist\adddot}}, +% reprintfrom = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing + translationof = {{traduzione di}{trad\adddotspace di}}, + translationas = {{traduzione italiana}{trad\adddotspace it\adddot}}, +% translationfrom = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing +% reviewof = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing +% origpubas = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing +% origpubin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing +% astitle = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing +% bypublisher = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing +section = {{sezione}{sez\adddot}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</italian-lbx> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{\file{english-philosophy.lbx}} +% +% \iffalse +%<*english-lbx> +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\InheritBibliographyExtras{english} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% +\protected\def\bibrangedash{% + -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash + \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}% + +\NewBibliographyString{transtolang,cited,reviewof,origed,nodate} + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {english}, + nodate = {{no date}{n\adddot d\adddot}}, + cited = {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ivi}{ivi}}, + loccit = {{ibidem}{ibidem}}, + origed = {{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}}, + transtolang = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}}, + editor = {{\mkpureparens{ed\adddot}}{\mkpureparens{ed\adddot}}}, + editors = {{\mkpureparens{eds\adddot}}{\mkpureparens{eds\adddot}}}, + andothers = {{\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}} + {\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}}, + reviewof = {{Review of}{Review of}}, + backrefpage = {{cited on page}{cited on p\adddot}}, + backrefpages = {{cited on pages}{cited on pp\adddot}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</english-lbx> +% \fi +% +% \Finale diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/english-philosophy.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/english-philosophy.lbx index edc5bfdb229..f56e0b02c19 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/english-philosophy.lbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/english-philosophy.lbx @@ -1,31 +1,55 @@ -% $Id: english-philosophy.lbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - -\ProvidesFile{english-philosophy.lbx}[v 0.8b 2012/05/06 biblatex localization file for biblatex-philosophy] +%% +%% This is file `english-philosophy.lbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `english-lbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% +\ProvidesFile{english-philosophy.lbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \InheritBibliographyExtras{english} +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% +\protected\def\bibrangedash{% + -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash + \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}% + \NewBibliographyString{transtolang,cited,reviewof,origed,nodate} \DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - inherit = {english}, - nodate = {{no date}{n\adddot d\adddot}}, - cited = {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}}, - ibidem = {{ivi}{ivi}}, - loccit = {{ibidem}{ibidem}}, - origed = {{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}}, - transtolang = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}}, - editor = {{\mkpureparens{ed\adddot}}{\mkpureparens{ed\adddot}}}, - editors = {{\mkpureparens{eds\adddot}}{\mkpureparens{eds\adddot}}}, - andothers = {{\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}% - {\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}}, - reviewof = {{Review of}{Review of}}, - backrefpage = {{cited on page\adddot}{cited on p\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{cited on pages\adddot}{cited on pp\adddot}} -} - - -\endinput + inherit = {english}, + nodate = {{no date}{n\adddot d\adddot}}, + cited = {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ivi}{ivi}}, + loccit = {{ibidem}{ibidem}}, + origed = {{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}}, + transtolang = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}}, + editor = {{\mkpureparens{ed\adddot}}{\mkpureparens{ed\adddot}}}, + editors = {{\mkpureparens{eds\adddot}}{\mkpureparens{eds\adddot}}}, + andothers = {{\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}} + {\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}}, + reviewof = {{Review of}{Review of}}, + backrefpage = {{cited on page}{cited on p\adddot}}, + backrefpages = {{cited on pages}{cited on pp\adddot}}} +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `english-philosophy.lbx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/italian-philosophy.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/italian-philosophy.lbx index a07186af4b0..6321e49ccf3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/italian-philosophy.lbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/italian-philosophy.lbx @@ -1,48 +1,71 @@ -% $Id: italian-philosophy.lbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - -\ProvidesFile{italian-philosophy.lbx}[v 0.8b 2012/05/06 biblatex localization file for biblatex-philosophy] +%% +%% This is file `italian-philosophy.lbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `italian-lbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% +\ProvidesFile{italian-philosophy.lbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \InheritBibliographyExtras{italian} \DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% +\protected\def\bibrangedash{% -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash -} + \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}% +\NewBibliographyString{transtolang,origed,cited,reviewof,nodate,section} -\NewBibliographyString{transtolang,origed,cited,reviewof,nodate} \DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - inherit = {italian}, - nodate = {{senza data}{s\adddotspace d\adddot}}, - cited = {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}}, - opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - ibidem = {{ivi}{ivi}}, - loccit = {{ibidem}{ibidem}}, - origed = {{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}}, - langitalian = {{italiano}{it\adddot}}, - transtolang = {{traduzione\addspace italiana} - {\bibsstring{translator}\adddotspace \bibsstring{langitalian}}}, - editor = {{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}}, - editors = {{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}}, - andothers = {{\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}% - {\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}}, - reviewof = {{Recensione di}{Recensione di}}, - backrefpage = {{Citato a pagina}{Citato a \bibstring{page}\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{Citato alle pagine}{Citato alle \bibstring{pages}\adddot}}, - pages = {{pagine}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{pp\adddot}{p\adddot}}}, - columns = {{colonne}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{coll\adddot}{col\adddot}}}, - lines = {{righe}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{rr\adddot}{r\adddot}}}, - verses = {{versi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{vv\adddot}{v\adddot}}}, - volumes = {{volumi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{voll\adddot}{vol.\adddot}}}, - withcommentator = {{con commenti di}{con comm\adddot\addabbrvspace di}}, - withannotator = {{annotazioni di}{annotazioni di}}, - withintroduction = {{introduzione di}{introduzione di}}, - withforeword = {{prefazione di}{prefazione di}}, - withafterword = {{postfazione di}{postfazione di}} - } - - -\endinput + inherit = {italian}, + nodate = {{senza data}{s\adddotspace d\adddot}}, + cited = {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}}, + opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, + ibidem = {{ivi}{ivi}}, + loccit = {{ibidem}{ibidem}}, + origed = {{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}}, + langitalian = {{italiano}{it\adddot}}, + transtolang = {{traduzione\addspace italiana} + {\bibsstring{translator}\adddotspace \bibsstring{langitalian}}}, + editor = {{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}}, + editors = {{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}{\mkpureparens{a cura di}}}, + andothers = {{\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}} + {\mkbibemph{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}}, + reviewof = {{Recensione di}{Recensione di}}, + backrefpage = {{Citato a pagina}{Citato a \bibstring{page}\adddot}}, + backrefpages = {{Citato alle pagine}{Citato alle \bibstring{pages}\adddot}}, + pages = {{pagine}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{pp\adddot}{p\adddot}}}, + columns = {{colonne}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{coll\adddot}{col\adddot}}}, + lines = {{righe}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{rr\adddot}{r\adddot}}}, + verses = {{versi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{vv\adddot}{v\adddot}}}, + volumes = {{volumi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{voll\adddot}{vol\adddot}}}, + withcommentator = {{con commenti di}{con comm\adddot\addabbrvspace di}}, + withannotator = {{annotazioni di}{annotazioni di}}, + withintroduction = {{introduzione di}{introduzione di}}, + withforeword = {{prefazione di}{prefazione di}}, + withafterword = {{postfazione di}{postfazione di}}, + reprintas = {{ristampato}{rist\adddot}}, + translationof = {{traduzione di}{trad\adddotspace di}}, + translationas = {{traduzione italiana}{trad\adddotspace it\adddot}}, +section = {{sezione}{sez\adddot}}} +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `italian-philosophy.lbx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.bbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.bbx index e73a0c88271..20b53123e53 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.bbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.bbx @@ -1,83 +1,58 @@ -% $Id: philosophy-classic.bbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - - -\ProvidesFile{philosophy-classic.bbx}[philosophy-classic.bbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 valbusa beta$] +%% +%% This is file `philosophy-classic.bbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `classic-bbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% +\ProvidesFile{philosophy-classic.bbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear} \RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-standard} - -% DECLARE AND EXECUTE BIBLIOGRAPHY OPTIONS -%********************************************************************* \newtoggle{bbx:square} + \DeclareBibliographyOption{square}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:square}{#1}} - + \settoggle{bbx:square}{#1}} + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% -uniquename =false, -pagetracker =true, -singletitle =false, -square =false, -mergedate =basic, -dashed=false, + uniquename = false, + pagetracker = true, + singletitle = false, + square = false, + mergedate = basic, + dashed = true, } - -%$$$$$$ -\newcounter{maxnamesincross} -\newcounter{minnamesincross} - - -% AT BEGIN SHORTHANDS -%***************************************** \AtBeginShorthands{% \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}% \renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\addcomma\space}% -\renewbibmacro*{publocyear}{% - \iflistundef{publisher}{}% - {\printlist{publisher}}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{location}% - \setunit*{\space}% - \printtext{\printfield{labelyear}}% - \newunit}% -\renewbibmacro*{loccolonpub}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}}% - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{publisher}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printtext{\printfield{labelyear}}% - \newunit}% -\renewbibmacro*{locpubyear}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}}% - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% - \printlist{publisher}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printtext{\printfield{labelyear}}% - \newunit}% - \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{}} - -% AT BEGIN DOCUMENT -%************************************************** +\renewbibmacro*{relateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printdate} +\renewbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printdate} +\renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{}% +} + \AtBeginDocument{% - \setcounter{maxnamesincross}{\value{maxnames}} - \setcounter{minnamesincross}{\value{minnames}} - \iftoggle{bbx:square} - {\renewcommand{\bibopenparen}{\bibopenbracket}% - \renewcommand{\bibcloseparen}{\bibclosebracket}} - {}} - -%********************************************************************* -% NUOVE MACRO -%********************************************************************* + {\renewcommand{\bibopenparen}{\bibopenbracket}% + \renewcommand{\bibcloseparen}{\bibclosebracket}}% + {} + \setcounter{maxnamesincross}{\value{maxnames}}% + \setcounter{minnamesincross}{\value{minnames}}% +} +\renewbibmacro*{relateddate}{} +\renewbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{} \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% \ifboolexpr{ test {\iffieldundef{issue}} @@ -85,17 +60,21 @@ dashed=false, test {\iffieldundef{month}} } {}% - {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{volnumparens} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{parens} {\printtext{% - \printfield{issue}% \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printdate - }}{\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{issue}% \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printdate - }}}% + \printfield{issue}\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printdate}}% + {\printtext[pureparens]{% + \printfield{issue}\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printdate}}}% \newunit}% - -% changed +\renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% + \begingroup% + \clearfield{month}% + \iffieldundef{labelyear} + {\printtext[parens]{\midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}} + {\printtext[parens]{\printdateextra}}% + \endgroup}% \renewbibmacro*{author}{% \ifboolexpr{ test \ifuseauthor @@ -109,21 +88,22 @@ dashed=false, \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}% {\setunit{\addspace}% \printtext[brackets]{\printfield{nameaddon}}}% - \iffieldundef{authortype} - {\setunit{\addspace}} - {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% +\iffieldundef{authortype} + {\setunit{\addspace}} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% \iffieldundef{authortype} {}% {\usebibmacro{authorstrg}% - \setunit{\addspace}}}% +\setunit{\addspace}}}% {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% \setunit*{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}} + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% -\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} - +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} \renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% \ifboolexpr{ test \ifuseeditor @@ -133,183 +113,53 @@ dashed=false, {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} {\bibnamedash} {\printnames{editor}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% +\setunit{\addspace}% +\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% \usebibmacro{#1}% \clearname{editor}% \setunit{\addspace}}% {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% \setunit*{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}} - -%************************************************************** -%``Publisher, Location Year''. -%**************************************************************** -\newbibmacro*{publocyear}{% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {}% - {\printlist{publisher}} - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{location}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{inpublocyear}{% - \iflistundef{institution}% - {}% - {\printlist{institution}} - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{location}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{orgpublocyear}{% - \iflistundef{organization}% - {}% - {\printlist{organization}} - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{location}% - \newunit} -%************************************************************** -%``Location: Publisher, Year'' -%**************************************************************** -\newbibmacro*{loccolonpub}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{publisher}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{inloccolonpub}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{institution}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{institution}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{orgloccolonpub}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{organization}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{organization}% - \newunit} -%************************************************************** -%``Location, Publisher, Year'' -%************************************************************** -\newbibmacro*{locpubyear}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% - \printlist{publisher}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{inlocpubyear}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{institution}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% - \printlist{institution}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{orglocpubyear}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{organization}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% - \printlist{organization}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{crossdate+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{year}% - {}% - {\printtext[parens]{\printdateextra}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref} + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@inbook} {}% - {\ifuseeditor{\ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% - {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% - {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% - {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifuseeditor{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% + {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% + {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% + {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}}% \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printtext{\usebibmacro{crossdate+extrayear}}}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% {}% {}% -%----------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% DRIVERS -% -%----------------------------------------------------------------- - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \iffieldundef{crossref}% - {\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}% - {\bbx@crossref{\thefield{crossref}}% -% \newunit\newblock -% \printfield{userd}% -% \newunit\newblock - \newunit\newblock - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-book-incoll}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \iffieldundef{crossref}% - {\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}% - {\bbx@crossref{\thefield{crossref}}% -% \newunit\newblock -% \printfield{userd}% -% \newunit\newblock - \newunit\newblock - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-book-incoll}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}}} - -\endinput
\ No newline at end of file +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@incollection} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifuseeditor{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% + {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% + {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% + {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% + {}% + {}% +\define@key{blx@bib1}{restoreclassic}[]{} +\define@key{blx@bib2}{restoreclassic}[true]{} +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `philosophy-classic.bbx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.cbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.cbx index a2ce4572079..5a64962dae1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.cbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.cbx @@ -1,11 +1,19 @@ -% $Id: philosophy-classic.cbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - - -\ProvidesFile{philosophy-classic.cbx}[philosophy-classic.cbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 valbusa beta$] +%% +%% This is file `philosophy-classic.cbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `classic-cbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% +\ProvidesFile{philosophy-classic.cbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \RequireCitationStyle{authoryear-comp} @@ -17,23 +25,17 @@ \settoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{#1}} \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% -scauthorscite = false, -citetracker = true, -shorthandintro = true} + scauthorscite = false, + citetracker = true, + shorthandintro = true +} -% AT EVERY CITE -%************************************************************* \AtEveryCite{% \iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}% - {\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamelast}[1]{\textsc{#1}}% - \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefirst}[1]{\textsc{#1}}% - \renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{\textsc{#1}}}% - {}% -} - -%****************************** -% hyperlink for names -%***************************** + {\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamelast}[1]{\textsc{#1}}% +\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefirst}[1]{\textsc{#1}}% +\renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{\textsc{#1}}}% +{}} \DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{% \bibhyperref{% \ifcase\value{uniquename}% @@ -46,33 +48,107 @@ shorthandintro = true} \usebibmacro{name:first-last}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}% \fi \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}} +%%%% -% ''shorthand intro'' implementation -%--------------------- +\newcommand{\switchclass}[2]{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% + {\usebibmacro{#1}}% + {\usebibmacro{#2}}} +\newbibmacro*{cite:init:AT}{% + \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2} + {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash} + {\iffieldundef{prenote} + {} + {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash}}} -\newbibmacro*{cite:noshorthand}{% -\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR\iffieldundef{labelyear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND - \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)} - {\setunit{\addcomma}% - \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}} +\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit:AT}{% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:AT}{% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} + {\ifnameundef{labelname} + {} {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nameyeardelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}} - -\renewbibmacro*{cite}{% + \setunit{\nametitledelim}}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:title:AT}} + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit:AT}}% + \setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\newbibmacro*{citetitle:AT}{% \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:noshorthand}} + {\usebibmacro{cite:title:AT}} + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + \setunit{\multicitedelim}} + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:AT}{% + \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} + {\ifnameundef{labelname} + {} + {\printnames{labelname}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\usebibmacro{cite:title:AT}}% + {\iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{% + \ifciteseen{% + \usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + {\usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + \setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}% + \multicitedelim}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:title:AT}{% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} + +\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote:AT}{% + \ifnameundef{labelname} + {\setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}} + {\setunit{\postnotedelim}}% + \printfield{postnote}% + \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} + {\setunit{}% + \printtext{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}}} + {\setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}% + \multicitedelim}}} +\newbibmacro*{cite:init:AY}{% + \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2} + {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear} + {\iffieldundef{prenote} + {} + {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash +\global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit:AY}{% + \global\undef\cbx@lasthash + \global\undef\cbx@lastyear} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:AY}{% + \iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:noshorthand}}% {\iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}% {% \ifciteseen{\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% @@ -80,10 +156,10 @@ shorthandintro = true} \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}% }% {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit:AY}}% \setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\renewbibmacro*{textcite}{% +\newbibmacro*{textcite:AY}{% \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%noshorthand {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND @@ -110,33 +186,33 @@ shorthandintro = true} {\ifnameundef{labelname}% {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%shorthand {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% - {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}% {\iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}% {\ifciteseen%shorthand {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% - {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + \setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}% + \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% - {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% - {}% +\setunit{% + \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% + \addspace\bibopenparen}% +\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}% + {\usebibmacro{prenote}}% + {}% \iffieldundef{shorthand}%noshorthand {\iffieldundef{labelyear}% {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}% @@ -159,12 +235,67 @@ shorthandintro = true} {}% \multicitedelim}}% +\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote:AY}{% + \usebibmacro{postnote}% + \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} + {\setunit{}% + \printtext{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}}} + {\setunit{% + \ifbool{cbx:parens} + {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} + {}% + \multicitedelim}}} \renewbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} +\renewbibmacro*{cite:init}{% + \switchclass{cite:init:AT}{cite:init:AY}} +\renewbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{% + \switchclass{cite:reinit:AT}{cite:reinit:AY}} +\renewbibmacro*{cite}{% + \switchclass{cite:AT}{cite:AY}} +\renewbibmacro*{textcite}{% + \switchclass{textcite:AT}{textcite:AY}} +\renewbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% + \switchclass{textcite:postnote:AT}{textcite:postnote:AY}} -%******************************************************************** -% hyperlinks for \citetitle and \citeyear commands -%******************************************************************* +\newbibmacro*{cite:noshorthand}{% +\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR\iffieldundef{labelyear}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% +\setunit{\addspace}% + +\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% + {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND + \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)}% + {\setunit{\addcomma}% + \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}}% + {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}% + {\printnames{labelname}% + \setunit{\nameyeardelim}% + \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% + \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% + \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}} +\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \switchclass{citetitle:AT}{citeyear}}% + {} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \switchclass{citetitle:AT}{citeyear}} + {} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} \DeclareCiteCommand{\citetitle} {\boolfalse{citetracker}% @@ -182,34 +313,44 @@ shorthandintro = true} {\indexfield{indextitle}% \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{title}}} {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeyear} - {\boolfalse{citetracker}% - \boolfalse{pagetracker}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{year}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} -\DeclareCiteCommand{\sdcite} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeyear} {\boolfalse{citetracker}% \boolfalse{pagetracker}% \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\indexnames{labelname}% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \indexfield{indextitle}% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} + {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{year}}} {\multicitedelim} {\usebibmacro{postnote}} -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitet}[\mkbibfootnote] +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitet}[\mkbibfootnote] {\usebibmacro{cite:init}} {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% \usebibmacro{textcite}} {}% {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - - -\endinput +\DeclareCiteCommand{\sdcite} + {\boolfalse{citetracker}% + \boolfalse{pagetracker}% + \usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\indexnames{labelname}% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \indexfield{indextitle}% + \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{postnote}} +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `philosophy-classic.cbx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.bbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.bbx index 907555b7dd8..bf678627f0c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.bbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.bbx @@ -1,71 +1,62 @@ -% $Id: philosophy-modern.bbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - - -\ProvidesFile{philosophy-modern.bbx}[philosophy-modern.bbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 valbusa beta$] +%% +%% This is file `philosophy-modern.bbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `modern-bbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% +\ProvidesFile{philosophy-modern.bbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-classic} - \newtoggle{bbx:yearleft} \DeclareBibliographyOption{yearleft}[true]{% \settoggle{bbx:yearleft}{#1}} - \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% -dashed=true, -yearleft=false} - -%% new lengths -%%--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -\newlength{\yeartitle} + yearleft=false} +\newlength{\yeartitle} \newlength{\postnamesep} -\setlength{\yeartitle}{0.8em}% +\setlength{\yeartitle}{0.8em}% \setlength{\postnamesep}{0.5ex plus 2pt minus 1pt} \setlength{\bibitemsep}{\postnamesep} \setlength{\bibnamesep}{1.5ex plus 2pt minus 1pt} \setlength{\bibhang}{4\parindent} -%% new commands -%%--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -\newcommand{\postsep}{\par\nobreak\vskip\postnamesep\hskip-\bibhang\ignorespaces} -\renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\unspace} - \AtBeginBibliography{ - \iftoggle{bbx:yearleft}{% - \setlength{\yeartitle}{\fill}} - {}% - } -\AtBeginShorthands{% - \renewcommand{\postsep}{}% - \renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\addcomma\space}} - -%%--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% MACROS -%%--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +\iftoggle{bbx:yearleft}{% +\setlength{\yeartitle}{\fill}} +{}} +\newcommand{\postsep}{\par\nobreak\vskip\postnamesep% + \hskip-\bibhang\ignorespaces} +\renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{} +\AtBeginShorthands{% +\renewcommand{\postsep}{}% +\renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\newunitpunct}} \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% - \makebox[\bibhang][r]{% - \printtext{% - \iffieldundef{year}% - {}% - {\printfield{labelyear}\printfield{extrayear}}% - \hskip\yeartitle}}} + \begingroup% + \clearfield{month}% + \makebox[\bibhang][r]{\printtext{% + \iffieldundef{labelyear}% + {\printtext{\midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}}% + {\printtext{\printdateextra}}% + \hskip\yeartitle}}% + \endgroup}% -% label for entries without 'editor' and 'author' -%%------------------------------------------------------------- \renewbibmacro*{labeltitle}{% \iffieldundef{label}% - {\iffieldundef{shorttitle} - {\printfield{title}% - \clearfield{title}}% - {\printfield[title]{shorttitle}}}% - {\printtext{\printfield{label}}% - \postsep}} - -% macro 'author' -%%--------------------------------------------------- + {\iffieldundef{shorttitle} + {\printfield{title}\clearfield{title}}% + {\printfield[title]{shorttitle}}}% + {\printtext{\printfield{label}}% +\postsep}} \renewbibmacro*{author}{% \ifboolexpr{ test \ifuseauthor @@ -73,59 +64,91 @@ yearleft=false} not test {\ifnameundef{author}} } {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {}%MOD + {}% {\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}% \printnames{author}% \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}% {\setunit{\addspace}% \printtext[brackets]{\printfield{nameaddon}}}% - \iffieldundef{authortype} - {}% - {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {}% + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% \usebibmacro{authorstrg}% -% \setunit{\addspace}% ? - \postsep%ADD - }}% - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash - \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% - \setunit*{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}} - + \postsep}}% + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash + \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% + \setunit*{\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} \renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% \ifboolexpr{ test \ifuseeditor and not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} }% - {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {}% removed \bibnamedash + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck}% + {}% {\printnames{editor}% - \postsep%ADD - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% - \clearname{editor}}% - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash + \postsep%ADD + \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}}% + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash% \usebibmacro{labeltitle}}% \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}% - \iffieldundef{label} - {\usebibmacro{#1}\setunit{\addcomma\space}}{}% - } + \iffieldundef{label}% + {\usebibmacro{#1}% + \clearname{editor}% + \printtext{\addcomma\space}}{}}% +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@inbook} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifuseeditor{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% + {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% + {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% + {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{classic:date+extrayear}}% + {}% + {}% - - % restoreclassic -%%--------------------------------------------------- -\define@key{blx@bib}{restoreclassic}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - { -\setlength{\bibhang}{\parindent} -\renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\addcomma\space} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@incollection} + {}% + {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \ifuseeditor{% + \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2}% + {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}}% + {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}}% + {\usebibmacro{labeltitle}} + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{classic:date+extrayear}}% + {}% + {}% - \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{%mergedate=basic +\newbibmacro*{classic:date+extrayear}{% + \begingroup% + \clearfield{month}% \iffieldundef{labelyear} - {} + {\printtext[parens]{\midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}}% {\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}}% - + \printfield{labelyear}% + \printfield{extrayear}}}% + \endgroup}% +\define@key{blx@bib1}{restoreclassic}[]{} +\define@key{blx@bib2}{restoreclassic}[true]{% + \ifstrequal{#1}{true}{% + \setlength{\bibhang}{\parindent}% + \renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{\newunitpunct} +\renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% + \begingroup% + \clearfield{month}% + \iffieldundef{labelyear} + {\printtext[parens]{\midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}}% + {\printtext[parens]{\printdateextra}}% + \endgroup}% \renewbibmacro*{author}{% \ifboolexpr{ test \ifuseauthor @@ -139,18 +162,22 @@ yearleft=false} \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}% {\setunit{\addspace}% \printtext[brackets]{\printfield{nameaddon}}}% - \iffieldundef{authortype} - {\setunit{\addspace}} - {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% +\iffieldundef{authortype} + {\setunit{\addspace}} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% \iffieldundef{authortype} {}% {\usebibmacro{authorstrg}% - \setunit{\addspace}}}% +\setunit{\addspace}}}% {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% \setunit*{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}} + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} \renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% \ifboolexpr{ test \ifuseeditor @@ -160,118 +187,35 @@ yearleft=false} {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} {\bibnamedash} {\printnames{editor}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% +\setunit{\addspace}% +\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% \usebibmacro{#1}% \clearname{editor}% \setunit{\addspace}}% {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% \setunit*{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}} - -\renewbibmacro*{labeltitle}{% - \iffieldundef{label} - {\iffieldundef{shorttitle} - {\printfield{title}% - \clearfield{title}} - {\printfield[title]{shorttitle}}} - {\printfield{label}}} -} - {}} + \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}% - -%%--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -% BIBLIOGRAPHY DRIVERS -%%--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -\newbibmacro*{crosslabeltitle}{% +\renewbibmacro*{labeltitle}{% \iffieldundef{label}% - {\iffieldundef{shorttitle} - {\printfield{title}% - \clearfield{title}}% - {\printfield[title]{shorttitle}}}% - {\printtext{\printfield{label}}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref} - {}% - {\ifuseeditor{\ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=2} - {\printnames[][-\value{maxnamesincross}]{labelname}} - {\printnames[][-\value{minnamesincross}]{labelname}}} - {\usebibmacro{crosslabeltitle}} - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printtext{\usebibmacro{crossdate+extrayear}}}% - {}% - {}% - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{editor}% - \ifuseeditor{% trick for entry with ``label'' field - \setunit{\addcomma\space}} - {}\newblock - %\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title+issuetitle}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{issn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{editor+others}% - \ifuseeditor{% trick for entry with ``label'' field - \setunit{\addcomma\space}} - {}\newblock - \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{edition}% - \newunit - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \printfield{volumes}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{series+number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit - \printfield{pagetotal}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - - -\endinput
\ No newline at end of file + {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}% + {\printfield{title}% + \clearfield{title}}% + {\printfield[title]{shorttitle}}}% + {\printfield{label}}}% + }{}}% +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `philosophy-modern.bbx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.cbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.cbx index ccac27098ac..00b8dc52d9e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.cbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.cbx @@ -1,12 +1,32 @@ -% $Id: philosophy-modern.cbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - -\ProvidesFile{philosophy-modern.cbx}[philosophy-modern.cbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 valbusa beta$] +%% +%% This is file `philosophy-modern.cbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `modern-cbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% +\ProvidesFile{philosophy-modern.cbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \RequireCitationStyle{philosophy-classic} - - -\endinput +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `philosophy-modern.cbx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-standard.bbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-standard.bbx index df1ffb96318..7214d5a1d06 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-standard.bbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-standard.bbx @@ -1,26 +1,28 @@ -% $Id: philosophy-standard.bbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - -\ProvidesFile{philosophy-standard.bbx}[$Id: philosophy-standard.bbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 valbsua beta $] +%% +%% This is file `philosophy-standard.bbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `standard-bbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% +\ProvidesFile{philosophy-standard.bbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} - \DeclareLanguageMapping{italian}{italian-philosophy} \DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{english-philosophy} - -% boolean options - \newtoggle{bbx:annotation} \newtoggle{bbx:library} \newtoggle{bbx:scauthors} \newtoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib} -\newtoggle{bbx:origparens} -\newtoggle{bbx:origbrackets} \newtoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal} -\newtoggle{bbx:romanvol} \newtoggle{bbx:classical} \DeclareBibliographyOption{annotation}[true]{% @@ -31,20 +33,14 @@ \settoggle{bbx:scauthors}{#1}} \DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorsbib}[true]{% \settoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{origparens}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:origparens}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{origbrackets}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:origbrackets}{#1}} \DeclareBibliographyOption{inbeforejournal}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}{#1}} + \settoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}{#1}} \DeclareBibliographyOption{classical}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:classical}{#1}} - -% multi value options + \settoggle{bbx:classical}{#1}} \newcommand{\bbx@publocformat}{} \newcommand{\bbx@volnumformat}{} -\newcommand{\bbx@origfieldsformat}{} +\newcommand{\bbx@relatedformat}{} \newcommand{\bbx@origfields}{} \newcommand{\bbx@editionformat}{} \newcommand{\bbx@volumeformat}{} @@ -54,7 +50,9 @@ \DeclareBibliographyOption{volnumformat}[plain]{% \renewcommand{\bbx@volnumformat}{#1}} \DeclareBibliographyOption{origfieldsformat}[semicolon]{% - \renewcommand{\bbx@origfieldsformat}{#1}} + \renewcommand{\bbx@relatedformat}{#1}} +\DeclareBibliographyOption{relatedformat}[semicolon]{% + \renewcommand{\bbx@relatedformat}{#1}} \DeclareBibliographyOption{origfields}[true]{% \renewcommand{\bbx@origfields}{#1}} \DeclareBibliographyOption{editionformat}[arabic]{% @@ -65,507 +63,567 @@ \DeclareEntryOption{origed}[true]{% \renewcommand{\bbx@origfields}{origed}} -% Execute options - \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% - publocformat = publocyear, - annotation = false, - library = true, - scauthors = false, - scauthorsbib = false, - origfieldsformat= semicolon, - inbeforejournal = false, - volnumformat = plain, - editionformat = arabic, - volumeformat = arabic, - maxcitenames = 2, - mincitenames = 1, - maxbibnames = 999, - minbibnames = 999, - classical = false, - } -% AT BEGIN SHORTHANDS -%**************************************** -\AtBeginShorthands{\togglefalse{bbx:annotation}} -% AT BEGIN BILIOGRAPHY -%**************************************** + publocformat = publocyear, + annotation = false, + library = true, + scauthors = false, + scauthorsbib = false, + origfieldsformat = semicolon, + inbeforejournal = false, + volnumformat = plain, + editionformat = arabic, + volumeformat = arabic, + classical = false, + useprefix = true, + maxcitenames = 2, + mincitenames = 1, + maxbibnames = 999, + minbibnames = 999} +\newcounter{maxnamesincross} +\newcounter{minnamesincross} + +\AtBeginShorthands{ + \togglefalse{bbx:annotation} + \DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@inbook} + {}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + {}% + {}% +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@incollection} + {}% + {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% + {\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}% + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}% + {}% + {}% +} \AtBeginBibliography{% -% SMALL CAPS AUTHORS NAME \iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{% \DeclareNameFormat{sortname}{% \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1} {\iffirstinits - {\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}}%MOD - {\ifblank{#3}{\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}\nopunct}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}}{\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}% + {\textsc{#7}}}%MOD + {\ifblank{#3}{\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}\nopunct}% + {\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}} + {\usebibmacro{name:last-first}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}% + {\textsc{#7}}}}% \ifblank{#3#5} {} {\usebibmacro{name:revsdelim}}} {\iffirstinits - {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}} - {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}}}% - \usebibmacro{name:andothers}} -}{}% -} -% AT BEGIN DOCUMENT -%**************************************** -\AtBeginDocument{% -\iftoggle{bbx:origbrackets}{\toggletrue{bbx:origparens} -\renewcommand{\origleftparen}{\bibleftbracket} -\renewcommand{\origrightparen}{\bibrightbracket}}% -{}% - \iftoggle{bbx:scauthors} - {\toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}\toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}}% - {}% -} - -% FIELDS FORMAT -%***************************************** - -% new commands -%--------------------------------------------- -\newcommand*{\pureopenparen}{\blx@postpunct(} -\newcommand*{\purecloseparen}{\blx@postpunct)\midsentence} + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}% + {\textsc{#7}}} + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}% + {\textsc{#7}}}}% + \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}% +{}}% +\AtBeginDocument{% +\iftoggle{bbx:scauthors}{% + \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}% + \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}}% +{}} +\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space} +\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{\addperiod\space} +\renewcommand*{\intitlepunct}{\nopunct\addspace} +\newcommand*{\volnumpunct}{\addcomma\space} \newrobustcmd{\mkpureparens}[1]{% \begingroup \blx@blxinit \blx@setsfcodes - \pureopenparen#1\purecloseparen + \blx@postpunct(#1\blx@postpunct)\midsentence% \endgroup} - -% Definisco ora alcuni comandi che servono per il formato dei campi. -\newcommand{\annotationfont}{\footnotesize} -\newcommand{\libraryfont}{} - -% Nuovi comandi per avere la traduzione tra parentesi -\newcommand{\origleftparen}{\pureopenparen} -\newcommand{\origrightparen}{\purecloseparen} -\newcommand{\origleftbracket}{\bibleftbracket} -\newcommand{\origrightbracket}{\bibrightbracket} -\newcommand{\backrefleftparen}{\pureopenparen} -\newcommand{\backrefrightparen}{\purecloseparen} -\newcommand{\backrefparens}[1]{\backrefleftparen#1\backrefrightparen} - -\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space} -\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{\addperiod\space} -\renewcommand*{\intitlepunct}{\nopunct\addspace} -\newcommand*{\volnumpunct}{\addcomma\space} - -\newcommand*{\volumfont}{% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{romanupp} - {\uppercase}% - {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{romansc} - {\scshape}% - {}}% roman lowercase -} - +\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{% +\ifciteindex{\indexnames{labelname}}{}} +\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{% +\ifbibindex{\indexnames{author}% +\indexnames{editor}% +\indexnames{editora}% +\indexnames{editorb}% +\indexnames{editorc}}% +{}}% +\newcommand*{\annotationfont}{\footnotesize} +\newcommand*{\libraryfont}{} \newcommand*{\editionfont}{% \ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{romanupp} {\uppercase}% {\ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{romansc} {\scshape}% - {}}% roman lowercase + {\relax}}% }% - -% font for volume -\newrobustcmd*{\volfnt}[1]{% - \begingroup - \expandafter\volumfont - \expandafter{\romannumeral#1}% - \endgroup} - -% font for edition number \newrobustcmd*{\edfnt}[1]{% \begingroup \expandafter\editionfont \expandafter{\romannumeral#1}% \endgroup} - - -% fields format -%---------------------------------------------- -% TITLE -\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat[thesis]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{title}{\bibstring{reviewof}\addspace{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{volume}{% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings}{% - \bibstring{volume}\addnbspace\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{arabic}{#1}{\volfnt{#1}}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{arabic}{#1}{\volfnt{#1}}}} -\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} -% CITETITLE -\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat[thesis]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} -% ORIGTITLE +\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,thesis]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{title}{\bibstring{reviewof}\addspace#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference,article]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,thesis]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} \DeclareFieldFormat{origtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} \DeclareFieldFormat[article]{origtitle}{\mkbibquote{#1}} -% USERA \DeclareFieldFormat{usera}{\mkbibemph{#1}} -%\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{usera}{\mkbibquote{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook]{usera}{\mkbibemph{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat[inbook]{usera}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,inbook]{usera}{\mkbibemph{#1}} \DeclareFieldFormat[incollection]{usera}{\mkbibquote{#1}} -% USERC -\DeclareFieldFormat{userc}{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}} -% URL +\DeclareFieldFormat{userc}{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}} \DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}} -% EDITION -\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% - \ifinteger{#1} - {\ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{arabic} - {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}} - {\edfnt{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}}% - {#1\isdot}} -% ANNOTATION LIBRARY \DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\annotationfont #1} \DeclareFieldFormat{library}{\libraryfont #1} -% PARENS \DeclareFieldFormat{backrefparens}{\mkpureparens{#1}} \DeclareFieldFormat{pureparens}{\mkpureparens{#1}} -% NUMBER +\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{% + \bibstring{volume}~% + \ifinteger{#1}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{arabic}% + {#1}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{romanupp}% + {\RN{#1}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{romansc}% + {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}% + {#1}}}}{#1}} \DeclareFieldFormat{number}{% \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings}{% - \bibstring{number}\adddotspace #1}{#1}}% number in a series -\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{number}{% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings}{% - \bibstring{number}\adddotspace #1}{#1}}% number in a series -% VOLUME -\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{\bibstring{volume}~\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{arabic}{#1}{\volfnt{#1}}}% volume of a book -\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings}{% - \bibstring{volume}\addnbspace\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{arabic}{#1}{\volfnt{#1}}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx@volumeformat}{arabic}{#1}{\volfnt{#1}}}} -% SERIES + \bibstring{number}~#1}{#1}} \DeclareFieldFormat{series}{% \ifinteger{#1} {\mkbibordseries{#1}~\bibstring{jourser}} {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}} - -% NEW MACROS -%*********************************************** -\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{% -\ifciteindex{\indexnames{labelname}}{}} -\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{% -\ifbibindex{\indexnames{author}% -\indexnames{editor}% -\indexnames{editora}% -\indexnames{editorb}% -\indexnames{editorc}}% -{}}% - -\renewbibmacro*{pageref}{% - \iflistundef{pageref} - {} - {\setunit{\addperiod\space}% - \printtext[backrefparens]{% - \ifnumgreater{\value{pageref}}{1} - {\bibstring{backrefpages}\ppspace} - {\bibstring{backrefpage}\ppspace}% - \printlist[pageref][-\value{listtotal}]{pageref}\adddot}\nopunct}} - - -\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{% -\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} -{\usebibmacro{loccolonpub}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} - {\usebibmacro{locpubyear}} - {\usebibmacro{publocyear}}}} - -\renewbibmacro*{institution+location+date}{% -\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} -{\usebibmacro{inloccolonpub}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} - {\usebibmacro{inlocpubyear}} - {\usebibmacro{inpublocyear}}}} - -\renewbibmacro*{organization+location+date}{% -\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} -{\usebibmacro{orgloccolonpub}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} - {\usebibmacro{orglocpubyear}} - {\usebibmacro{orgpublocyear}}}} - - -\renewbibmacro*{annotation}{% -\iftoggle{bbx:library}{% -\setunit{\addperiod\space}% - \iffieldundef{library}% - {\printfield[library]{\bibannotationprefix\thefield{entrykey}.tex}} - {\printfield{library}}}% - {}}% - - -\renewbibmacro*{finentry}{% - \iftoggle{bbx:annotation}% - {\iffieldundef{annotation}% - {\finentry}% - {\setunit{\addperiod\par\nobreak\vspace*{.5ex}}% - \printtext[annotation]{\printfield{annotation}\finentry\par}}}% - {\finentry}} - - - -% ORIGFIELDS - - -% origpublisher+origlocation+origdate - +\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% + \ifinteger{#1}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{arabic} + {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{romanupp}% + {\RN{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@editionformat}{romansc}% + {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}~\bibstring{edition}}% + {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}}}} + {#1}}%\isdot?? +\DeclareFieldFormat{related:translatedas}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{parens}% + {\mkpureparens{#1}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{brackets}% + {\mkbibbrackets{#1}}% + {\printtext{\addsemicolon\space}#1}}}% \newbibmacro*{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}{% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} - {\usebibmacro{origloccolonpub}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% - \printfield{userc}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} - {\usebibmacro{origlocpubyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% - \printfield{userc}} - {\usebibmacro{origpublocyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% - \printfield{userc}}}} -\newbibmacro*{origpublocyear}{%% ``Publisher, Location Year'' - \iflistundef{origpublisher}% - {\printlist{origlocation}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printorigdate}% - {\printlist{origpublisher}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{origlocation}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printorigdate}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{origloccolonpub}{%% ``Location: Publisher, Year'' - \iflistundef{origlocation}{}% - {\printlist{origlocation}}% - \iflistundef{origpublisher}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}% - \printorigdate}% - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}% - \printlist{origpublisher}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printorigdate}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{origlocpubyear}{%% ``Location, Publisher, Year'' - \iflistundef{origlocation}{}% - {\printlist{origlocation}}% - \iflistundef{origpublisher}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}% - \printorigdate}% - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{origpublisher}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printorigdate}% - \newunit} - -% reprinttitle +\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} +{\usebibmacro{origloccolonpub}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% + \printfield{userc}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} +{\usebibmacro{origlocpubyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% + \printfield{userc}} +{\usebibmacro{origpublocyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}% + \printfield{userc}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{origpublocyear}{% +\iflistundef{origpublisher}% +{\printlist{origlocation}% +\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printorigdate}% +{\printlist{origpublisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% +\printlist{origlocation}% +\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printorigdate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{origloccolonpub}{% +\iflistundef{origlocation}{}% + {\printlist{origlocation}}% + \iflistundef{origpublisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}% +\printorigdate}% + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printorigdate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{origlocpubyear}{% +\iflistundef{origlocation}{}% + {\printlist{origlocation}}% + \iflistundef{origpublisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}% +\printorigdate}% + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printorigdate}% + \newunit} \newbibmacro*{reprinttitle}{% - \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}{}{% - \iffieldsequal{reprinttitle}{title}{}{% - \printfield[title]{reprinttitle}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% - \iffieldundef{userb}{}{% - \printfield{userb}}}% - -% transorigstring + \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}{}{% + \iffieldsequal{reprinttitle}{title}{}{% + \printfield[title]{reprinttitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% +\iffieldundef{userb}{}{% + \printfield{userb}}}% \newbibmacro*{transorigstring}{% - \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}% - {\printtext{\ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{origed} - {\bibstring{origed}}% - {\bibstring{transtolang}}}\nopunct}% - {\printtext{\bibstring{reprint}}}\nopunct} - %nopunct - %serve se si ha solo ``origlocation + origdate'' - -% origtitle:book +\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}% +{\printtext{\ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{origed} +{\bibstring{origed}}% +{\bibstring{transtolang}}}\nopunct}% +{\printtext{\bibstring{reprint}}}\nopunct} \newbibmacro*{origtitle:book}{% \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{ - \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}} - \iffieldundef{userb}{}{% - \printfield{userb}}}% - -% origtitledata:book - -\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:book}{% - \usebibmacro{transorigstring}% - \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}% - {\usebibmacro{origtitle:book}}% - {\usebibmacro{reprinttitle}}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}} - -% origdata:book + \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}} +\iffieldundef{userb}{}{% + \printfield{userb}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:book}{% +\usebibmacro{transorigstring}% +\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}% +{\usebibmacro{origtitle:book}}% +{\usebibmacro{reprinttitle}}% +\newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}} \newbibmacro*{origdata:book}{% - \iffieldundef{origyear}% - {}% - {\ifdefstring{\bbx@origfieldsformat}{parens} - {\printtext[pureparens]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}} - {\ifdefstring{\bbx@origfieldsformat}{brackets} - {\printtext[brackets]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}} - {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}% - \printtext{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}}}} - -% origtitle:article-inbook-incoll + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{origtitle}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{origlocation}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{origpublisher}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{origyear}} + }% + {}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{parens} + {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{brackets} + {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}} + {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}% + \printtext{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}}}} \newbibmacro*{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}{% - \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{% - \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}} + \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{% + \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}% +\setunit{\addcomma\space}} \iffieldundef{usera}{}{% - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \printfield{usera}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}}% - \iffieldundef{userb}{}{% - \printfield{userb}% - \newunit}} - -% origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll +\usebibmacro{in:}% +\printfield{usera}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}}% +\iffieldundef{userb}{}{% + \printfield{userb}% + \newunit}} \newbibmacro*{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}{% - \usebibmacro{transorigstring}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}% - \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}} - -% origdata:article-inbook + \usebibmacro{transorigstring}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}% + \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}} \newbibmacro*{origdata:article-inbook}{% \iflistundef{origlocation}{}{% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@origfieldsformat}{parens} - {\printtext[pureparens]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}} - {\ifdefstring{\bbx@origfieldsformat}{brackets} - {\printtext[brackets]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}} - {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}% - \printtext{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}}}} - -% addendum+pubstate - + \ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{parens} + {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{% + \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@relatedformat}{brackets} + {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{% + \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}% + {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}% + \printtext{% + \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}}}} \renewbibmacro*{addendum+pubstate}{% - \printfield{addendum}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{pubstate}% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{none}{}{% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{origdata:book}} - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{annotation}} - -\newbibmacro*{addendum+pubstate:article-book-incoll}{% - \printfield{addendum}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{pubstate}% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{none}{}{% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{origdata:article-inbook}}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{annotation}} + \printfield{addendum}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{pubstate}% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{none}{}{% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origdata:book}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{library}} -\renewbibmacro*{series+number}{% - \printfield{series}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printfield{number}% - \newunit} - -% volnum option - -\newbibmacro*{volnumdefault}{% - \printfield{volume}% - \setunit*{\volnumpunct}% - \printfield{number}} +\newbibmacro*{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}{% + \printfield{addendum}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{pubstate}% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@origfields}{none}{}{% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{origdata:article-inbook}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{library}} + +\newbibmacro*{volnumdefault}{% +\printfield{volume}% + \setunit*{\volnumpunct}% + \printfield{number}} \newbibmacro*{volnumparens}{% - \nopunct% - \printtext[pureparens]{% - \printfield{volume}% - \setunit*{\volnumpunct}% - \printfield{number}}\addcomma\space} +\nopunct% +\printtext[pureparens]{% +\printfield{volume}% + \setunit*{\volnumpunct}% + \printfield{number}}\addcomma\space} \newbibmacro*{volnumstrings}{% - \iffieldundef{volume}{}{% - \printfield{volume}% - \setunit*{\volnumpunct}}% - \iffieldundef{number}{}{% - \printfield{number}}} + \iffieldundef{volume}{}{% + \printfield{volume}\setunit*{\volnumpunct}}% + \iffieldundef{number}{}{% + \printfield{number}}} \renewbibmacro*{journal}{% - \iffieldundef{journaltitle} - {} - {\printtext[journaltitle]{% - \printfield[titlecase]{journaltitle}% - \midsentence%MOD############ - \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% - \printfield[titlecase]{journalsubtitle}}}} + \iffieldundef{journaltitle} + {} + {\printtext[journaltitle]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{journaltitle}% + \midsentence%MOD############ + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{journalsubtitle}}}} \renewbibmacro*{periodical}{% - \iffieldundef{title} - {} - {\printtext[title]{% - \printfield[titlecase]{title}% - \midsentence%MOD############# - \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% - \printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}}} - + \iffieldundef{title} + {} + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{title}% + \midsentence%MOD############# + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}}} + \renewbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{% - \usebibmacro{journal}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \iffieldundef{series} - {} - {\newunit - \printfield{series}% - \setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}% - \newunit% - \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings} - {\usebibmacro{volnumstrings}}% - {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{parens} - {\usebibmacro{volnumparens}}% - {\usebibmacro{volnumdefault}}}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \printfield{eid}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{issue+date}% - \setunit{\addcolon\space}% - \usebibmacro{issue}% - \newunit} - + \usebibmacro{journal}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series} + {} + {\newunit% + \printfield{series}\setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}% + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{issue+date}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}% + \usebibmacro{issue}% + \newunit} + \renewbibmacro*{title+issuetitle}{% - \usebibmacro{periodical}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \iffieldundef{series} - {} - {\newunit - \printfield{series}% - \setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}% - \newunit - \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings}% - {\usebibmacro{volnumstrings}}% - {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{parens}% - {\usebibmacro{volnumparens}}% - {\usebibmacro{volnumdefault}}}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \printfield{eid}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{issue+date}% - \setunit{\addcolon\space}% - \usebibmacro{issue}% - \newunit} + \usebibmacro{periodical}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series} + {} + {\newunit + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{eid}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{issue+date}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}% + \usebibmacro{issue}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{% + \ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{strings} + {\usebibmacro{volnumstrings}}% + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@volnumformat}{parens} + {\usebibmacro{volnumparens}}% + {\usebibmacro{volnumdefault}}}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{eid}} + +\renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% + \printtext[pureparens]{% + \iffieldundef{issue} + {\usebibmacro{date}} + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}}% + \newunit} \renewbibmacro*{event+venue+date}{%v0.8 - \printfield{eventtitle}% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\iffieldundef{venue}} - and - test {\iffieldundef{eventyear}} - } - {} - {\setunit*{\addspace}% - \printtext{%\printtext[parens]{%IVAN - \printfield{venue}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printeventdate}}% - \newunit} - - -%----------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% DRIVERS -% -%----------------------------------------------------------------- - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{% + \printfield{eventtitle}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{venue}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{eventyear}} + } + {} + {\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext{% + \printfield{venue}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printeventdate}}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{series+number}{% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{number}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{% +\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} + {\usebibmacro{loccolonpub}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} + {\usebibmacro{locpubyear}} + {\usebibmacro{publocyear}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{institution+location+date}{% +\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} + {\usebibmacro{inloccolonpub}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} + {\usebibmacro{inlocpubyear}} + {\usebibmacro{inpublocyear}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{organization+location+date}{% +\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{loccolonpub} + {\usebibmacro{orgloccolonpub}} + {\ifdefstring{\bbx@publocformat}{locpubyear} + {\usebibmacro{orglocpubyear}} + {\usebibmacro{orgpublocyear}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{library}{% +\iftoggle{bbx:library}{% + \iffieldundef{library}% + {}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\space}% + {\printfield{library}}}}% + {}} +\renewbibmacro*{pageref}{% + \iflistundef{pageref} + {}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\space}% + \printtext[backrefparens]{% + \ifnumgreater{\value{pageref}}{1} + {\bibstring{backrefpages}\ppspace}% + {\bibstring{backrefpage}\ppspace}% + \printlist[pageref][-\value{listtotal}]{pageref}\adddot}\nopunct}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{finentry}{% + \iftoggle{bbx:annotation}% + {\iffieldundef{annotation}% + {\finentry}% + {\setunit{\addperiod\par\nobreak\vspace*{.5ex}}% + \printtext[annotation]{\printfield{annotation}\finentry\par}}}% + {\finentry}} + +\newbibmacro*{publocyear}{% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {}% +{\printlist{publisher}} + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{location}% + \usebibmacro{relateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{inpublocyear}{% + \iflistundef{institution}% + {}% +{\printlist{institution}} + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{location}% + \usebibmacro{relateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{orgpublocyear}{% + \iflistundef{organization}% + {}% +{\printlist{organization}} + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{location}% + \usebibmacro{relateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{loccolonpub}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{inloccolonpub}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{institution} + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printlist{institution}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{orgloccolonpub}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{organization} + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printlist{organization}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{locpubyear}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{publisher}% + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% + \printlist{publisher}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% +\newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{inlocpubyear}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{institution} + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% + \printlist{institution}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{orglocpubyear}{% + \printlist{location}% + \iflistundef{organization} + {\setunit*{\addspace}} + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% + \printlist{organization}% + \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}% + \newunit} +\newbibmacro*{relateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printdate} +\newbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printdate} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\relatedcite} + {}% + {\usedriver + {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}% + % trucco per modificare due righe in ogni driver + % e togliere l'autore/curatore nelle voci 'related' + \renewbibmacro*{author/translator+others}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author/editor+others/translator+others}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author/translator+others}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{author}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewbibmacro*{editor}{\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \renewcommand*{\labelnamepunct}{}% + \renewbibmacro*{relateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addspace}\printdate}% + \renewbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}\printdate}}% + {\thefield{entrytype}}}% + {}% + {}% + +\newbibmacro*{related:translatedas}[1]{% + \togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}% + \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}% +\iffieldundef{relatedstring}% + {\bibstring{translationas}\space}% + {\setunit{\bibstring{translationas}\space}}% + \relatedcite{\thefield{related}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{related:default}{% + \usebibmacro{related:translatedas}} + \DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{% \usebibmacro{bibindex}% \usebibmacro{begentry}% \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% @@ -580,7 +638,7 @@ \newunit\newblock \printfield{version}% \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}{\usebibmacro{in:}}{}% + \iftoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}{\usebibmacro{in:}}{} \usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}% \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% @@ -593,14 +651,23 @@ \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-book-incoll}% + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}%MOD + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{pageref}% \usebibmacro{finentry}} -%v0.8b nuova versione - \newbibmacro*{incollection:full}{% - \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% \newunit\newblock @@ -620,6 +687,8 @@ \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% \newunit\newblock \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} {\printfield{isbn}} @@ -627,12 +696,111 @@ \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-book-incoll}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{pageref}% \usebibmacro{finentry}} -% v0.8b NUOVA VERSIONE +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{editor+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \iffieldundef{xref}% + {\iffieldundef{crossref}{\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}% + {\bbx@crossref@inbook{\thefield{crossref}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{crossrefdata}}}% + {\bbx@crossref@inbook{\thefield{xref}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{xrefdata}}}% + \newbibmacro*{inbook:full}{% \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% \newunit\newblock @@ -663,15 +831,598 @@ \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-book-incoll}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \iffieldundef{xref}% + {\iffieldundef{crossref}{\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}% + {\bbx@crossref@incollection{\thefield{crossref}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{crossrefdata}}}% + {\bbx@crossref@incollection{\thefield{xref}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{xrefdata}}} + + \newbibmacro*{incollection:full}{% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{event+venue+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{organization+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:eprint} + {\usebibmacro{eprint}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{url+urldate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \iflistundef{location} + {} + {\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byholder}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock \usebibmacro{pageref}% \usebibmacro{finentry}} +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title+issuetitle}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{issn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{editor+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{event+venue+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isrn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:url} + {\usebibmacro{url+urldate}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% + \protect\PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-philosophy}{% + \MessageBreak + Entry type @set is not supported\MessageBreak + by the 'biblatex-philosophy' styles.\MessageBreak + All the @set entries will be ignored}} + +\newbibmacro*{xcross:maintitle+booktitle}{% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {}% + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}}% + \usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{xrefdata}{% + \usebibmacro{xcross:maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} +\newbibmacro*{crossrefdata}{% + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} -\endinput
\ No newline at end of file +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{volume}{\RN{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{number}{\bibsstring{number}~{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{nameaddon}{% + \ifinteger{#1}{\bibcpsstring{section}~\RN{#1}}{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{pages}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{title}{% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{international}{\emph{#1}}{#1}} +\newbibmacro*{juris:author}{% +\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{author}} + } + {% + \iffieldequalstr{type}{conclusions}{% + \printtext{Conclusioni dell'Avv\adddotspace generale}% + \setunit{\addspace}}{}% +\printnames{author}% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}% +\usebibmacro{authorstrg}}} + {}% +\iffieldequalstr{type}{conclusions}{% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext{presentate il}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + }{% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}{% +\printtext{\printfield{nameaddon}% +\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% + }% + \printeventdate} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{jurisdiction}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{juris:author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock +\printtext{% + \printfield{labelyear}% + \printfield{extrayear}} + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate:article-inbook-incoll}% + \setunit{\addsemicolon\space}\newblock + \usebibmacro{related}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} +\AtBeginDocument{% +\DeclareSourcemap{ + \maps[datatype=bibtex]{ + \map{ + \pertype{jurisdiction} + \step[fieldsource=court , fieldtarget=author] + \step[fieldsource=section, fieldtarget=nameaddon] + } + } +}} +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `philosophy-standard.bbx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.bbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.bbx index 8e1e4a698c8..ca1ff81589e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.bbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.bbx @@ -1,30 +1,22 @@ -% $Id: philosophy-verbose.bbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - - -\ProvidesFile{philosophy-verbose.bbx}[$Id: philosophy-verbose.bbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 valbsua beta $] +%% +%% This is file `philosophy-verbose.bbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `verbose-bbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% +\ProvidesFile{philosophy-verbose.bbx} + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} \RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-standard} - -\renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test \ifuseeditor - and - not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} - } - {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {\bibnamedash} - {\printnames{editor}% - \setunit{\addspace}% #MOD# - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% - \usebibmacro{#1}% - \clearname{editor}} - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} - \renewbibmacro*{author}{% \ifboolexpr{ test \ifuseauthor @@ -37,152 +29,61 @@ \iffieldundef{nameaddon}{}% {\setunit{\addspace}% \printtext[brackets]{\printfield{nameaddon}}}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% +\setunit{\addcomma\space}% +\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% \usebibmacro{authorstrg}} {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} -%************************************************************** -%``Publisher, Location Year''. -%************************************************************** -\newbibmacro*{publocyear}{% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {}% - {\printlist{publisher}} - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{location}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{inpublocyear}{% - \iflistundef{institution}% - {}% - {\printlist{institution}} - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{location}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{orgpublocyear}{% - \iflistundef{organization}% - {}% - {\printlist{organization}} - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printlist{location}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} -%************************************************************** -%``Location: Publisher, Year'' -%************************************************************** -\newbibmacro*{loccolonpub}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{publisher}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% -\newunit} -\newbibmacro*{inloccolonpub}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{institution} - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{institution}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{orgloccolonpub}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{organization} - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{organization}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} -%************************************************************** -%``Location, Publisher, Year'' -%************************************************************** -\newbibmacro*{locpubyear}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% - \printlist{publisher}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% -\newunit} -\newbibmacro*{inlocpubyear}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{institution} - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% - \printlist{institution}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} -\newbibmacro*{orglocpubyear}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{organization} - {\setunit*{\addspace}} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}% - \printlist{organization}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} - -%----------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% DRIVERS -% -%----------------------------------------------------------------- - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct} - \newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \iffootnote{% - \iffieldundef{crossref}% - {\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}% - {\cbx@crossref{\thefield{crossref}}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}}}{\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}% +\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} +\renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseeditor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} } - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \iffootnote{% - \iffieldundef{crossref}% - {\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}% - {\cbx@inbookcrossref{\thefield{crossref}}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}}}{\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}% -} - - - + {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\printnames{editor}% +\setunit{\addspace}% #MOD# + \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% + \usebibmacro{#1}% + \clearname{editor}} + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@inbook} + {}% + {\ifciteseen{\usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}% + \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}% + \bibstring{cited}}}{\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}}% + {}% + {}% -\endinput +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref@incollection} + {}% + {\ifciteseen{\usebibmacro{editor+others}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}% + \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% + {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}% + \bibstring{cited}}}{\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}}% + {}% + {}% +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `philosophy-verbose.bbx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.cbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.cbx index 52bca74dca4..8bdc3830958 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.cbx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.cbx @@ -1,63 +1,72 @@ -% $Id: philosophy-verbose.cbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 valbusa beta $ -% Copyright 2009-2012 Ivan Valbusa. This package is author-maintained. -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the -% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - +%% +%% This is file `philosophy-verbose.cbx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% biblatex-philosophy.dtx (with options: `verbose-cbx') +%% ______________________________________________________ +%% The biblatex-philosophy package +%% Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Ivan Valbusa +%% All rights reserved +%% +%% License information appended +%% \ProvidesFile{philosophy-verbose.cbx} -[$Id: philosophy-verbose.cbx,v 0.8b 2012/05/06 Valbusa$] + [2013/03/15 v0.8c valbusa beta] \RequireCitationStyle{verbose-trad2} \newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite} \newtoggle{cbx:latinemph} \newtoggle{cbx:commacit} + \DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{% \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}} \DeclareBibliographyOption{latinemph}[true]{% \settoggle{cbx:latinemph}{#1}} \DeclareBibliographyOption{commacit}[true]{% \settoggle{cbx:commacit}{#1}} + \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% - idemtracker=false, - loccittracker=strict, - scauthorscite=false, - latinemph=false, - commacit=false} +idemtracker=false, +loccittracker=strict, +scauthorscite=false, +latinemph=false, +commacit=false} \AtEveryCite{% - \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}% - \iftoggle{cbx:latinemph}{\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph}}{}% - \iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{% - \ifcase\value{uniquename}% - \usebibmacro{name:last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}% - \or - \ifuseprefix - {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#8}}}% - {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#6}}{\textsc{#8}}}% - \or - \usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}% - \fi - \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}{}} +\togglefalse{bbx:annotation}% +\iftoggle{cbx:latinemph}{\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph}}{}% +\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{% +\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{% +\ifcase\value{uniquename}% + \usebibmacro{name:last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}% +\or + \ifuseprefix + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#8}}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#6}}{\textsc{#8}}}% +\or + \usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}% +\fi +\usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}{}} \DeclareNameFormat{scdefault}{% - \iffirstinits - {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}} - {\ifblank{#3}% - {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{#3}{#5}{\textsc{#7}}}% - {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}}}% - \usebibmacro{name:andothers}} - - +\iffirstinits + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#4}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}} + {\ifblank{#3}% + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{#3}{#5}{\textsc{#7}}}% + {\usebibmacro{name:first-last}{\textsc{#1}}{\textsc{#3}}{\textsc{#5}}{\textsc{#7}}}}% +\usebibmacro{name:andothers}} \newbibmacro*{cite:opcit}{% \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{opcit}}} - + \newbibmacro*{cite:loccit}{% \printtext{% \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx@lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{% \bibstring[\mkibid]{loccit}}}% \global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} - + \renewbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% \ifloccit {\usebibmacro{cite:loccit}}{% @@ -83,39 +92,25 @@ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}}% {\thefield{entrytype}}}% \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\DeclareNameFormat{noname}{} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}\unspace\addspace}% - {\global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% - \usedriver{\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{noname}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cbx@crossref} - {}% - {\ifciteseen{\usebibmacro{editor+others}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}% - \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% - {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}% - \bibstring{cited}}}{\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}}% - {}% - {}% - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cbx@inbookcrossref} - {}% - {\ifciteseen - {\usebibmacro{bybookauthor}\setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}% - \iftoggle{cbx:commacit} - {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}% - {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}% - \bibstring{cited}}}{\usebibmacro{inbook:full}}}% - {}% - {}% - -\endinput +\DeclareNameFormat{noname}{} +\DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite} +{\usebibmacro{prenote}\unspace\addspace}% +{\global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% +\usedriver{\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{noname}} +{\thefield{entrytype}}} +{\multicitedelim} +{\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} +%% +%% Copyright 2009-2013 by Ivan Valbusa +%% +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% Author: Ivan Valbusa +%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% +%% End of file `philosophy-verbose.cbx'. diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds index 536d91e8159..3c293345b10 100755 --- a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds +++ b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds @@ -157,7 +157,6 @@ chomp ($Build = `cd $Master/../Build/source && pwd`); 'biblatex-contrib', "die 'skipping, use subdir'", 'biblatex-fiwi', "&MAKEflatten", 'biblatex-musuos', "&MAKEflatten", - 'biblatex-philosophy', "&MAKEflatten", 'bibtool', "die 'skipping, requires compilation'", 'bibtools', "die 'skipping, ca.2000, await request", 'bibtopicprefix', "&MAKEflatten", |